View
218
Download
3
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 1/379
LP-1010
Black-and-White Raster Plotter
Maintenance Manual
U00090001101
Seiko I Infotech Inc.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 2/379
U00090001100 April 2005
U00090001101 January 2007
©Seiko I Infotech 2005, 2007
Reprinting of this manual without permission is prohibited.
The content of this manual may be changed without notice.
is a registered trademark of Seiko Instruments Inc.
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox, Inc.
HP is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard (U.S.A.)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 3/379
i
This manual contains the information necessary to conduct the primary maintenance for the
black-and-white raster plotter LP-1010 (hereinafter called the device) at the site.
The manual is intended for the maintenance personnel who have mastered assembly,
disassembly, and adjustment of the device. The responsible personnel will perform maintenance
operations using necessary tools and measuring instruments.
Before starting the intended maintenance operations, be sure to completely read "Safety
Precautions" and "Operational Precautions" described from the next page so that you can inspect
and maintain the deveice safely and correctly.
Foreword
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 4/379
ii
Example of symbols:
This symbol ( ) denotes items that require special care while executing a
certain procedure or operation.
This symbol ( ) denotes items that are forbidden.
The indication at left means that "Contact is prohibited."
This symbol ( ) denotes items you should follow to prevent accidents or
injury.
Safety Precautions
The following symbols are used in this manual to ensure the proper use of the plotter and to
prevent the plotter from being damaged.
Follow the instructions marked with these symbols.
Serious personal injury or death:
Failure to follow the guidelines marked with this
symbol could result in serious personal injury or death.WARNING
CAUTION
Minor personal injury or product and/or peripheraldamage:
Failure to follow the guidelines marked with this
symbol could result in minor personal injury or
product and/or peripheral damage.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 5/379
iii
DO NOT touch any of the parts inside the plotter with a "HIGH VOLTAGE" label (transfer/
separator) attached as it may result in electric shock.
DO NOT touch any of the parts inside the plotter with a "HIGH TEMPERATURE" label
attached as it may result in severe burns.
DO NOT disassemble or remodel the plotter. DO NOT repair the plotter by yourself. Doing so
may cause fire, electric shock or other accidents.
DO NOT throw the toner cartridge or waste toner bottle into fire or place them near heat as they
could explode or catch fire leading to serious accidents and/or bodily injury.
Before replacing a maintenance component, be sure to turn the device off and unplug the power
cable from the power outlet. Failure to observe the instructions may result in electric shock.
DO NOT disconnect or connect the power cable with wet hands. Doing so may lead to electric
shock.
If the toner accidentally gets into the eye during the maintenance, wash it off with clean running
water instead of rubbing it and consult a doctor immediately. If the toner gets on the skin or
clothing, immediately wash it off with soapy water.
Pay attention not to get injured by a cutter or screwdriver during the maintenance and damage
the device.
In order to ensure the safe operation of the device heed all of the cautions and warnings contained
throughout this manual.
Warning
Caution
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 6/379
iv
Warning labels
Warning labels are affixed to this device at the locations shown in the following figure.
You should understand what these warning labels say and perform the inspection and
maintenance work.
2b "Caution when dealing with paper jam" label
3 "WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE" label
1 "Caution: high temperature" label
2a "Caution when dealing with
paper jam" label
4 "Gas spring
expiration date" label
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 7/379
v
1 "Caution: HIGH TEMPERATURE" label (affixed to the inside of the fixation door)
This label cautions you not touch this area due to high temperature. The fixation
device will become hot. Take care to avoid contact when dealing with paper jams.
2 "Caution when dealing with paper jams" label
This label indicates the direction that jammed paper should be pulled out when paper
is jammed in the fixation device. Follow the directions on the label to remove the
paper.
3 "WARNING: HIGH VOLTAGE" label
This label cautions against contact due to high voltage application. As it is dangerous,
never contact this area.
4 "Gas spring expiration date" label
This caution label indicates the date when the gas spring is consumed, and the user
must replace the gas spring before the indicated date expires.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 8/379
vi
Precaution on Maintenance
Before and during the inspection and maintenance of the device, observe the following
precautions.
1 Before the intended inspection and maintenance, hear the condition and/or trouble of this
device from the user. Although the machine is sound, the user may use the toner/paper that
is not supplied by Seiko I Infotech (SIIT) or the data may be error. For this reason,
certainly verify the current situation and determine the cause of trouble, if any.
2 When disassembling the device to, for example, replace a component, you should
examine and know the machine configuration completely so that you can smoothly
reassemble the machine.
3 Ensure sufficient maintenance space.
4 Pay attentimon not to spill the fresh/waste toner. Before the intended inspection and
maintenance, spread a sheet or cloth on the floor to protect the floor mat from soiling.
5 Do not keep the top cover (clamshell) opened for a long period of time. Otherwise, the
exposure drum will be deteriorated due to photo-fatigue. Cover the drum with a black bag
when the clamshell is removed.
6 Do not touch the photodrum surface with bare hands. Otherwise, the drum will be
degraded. If you touch the surface, completely wipe it with a clean cloth such as Bencot.
The poor image quality brought from the bare-hand contact can be removed by outputting
about fifteen sheets of paper.
7 Do not open the top cover with the photodrum removed. Otherwise, the cleaner will
topple and the waste toner is spilled to soil the machine interior.
8 Do not get any ferromagnetic material such as bolt and washer close to the developing
sleeve. If the part is attracted by the magnet roll, be sure to remove it to prevent the drumfrom being damaged.
9 Do not run the developing sleeve in the reverse direction.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 9/379
CONTENTS-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword i
Safety Precautions ii
Warning labels iv
Precaution on Maintenance vi
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure 1-1
1.1 Overview of Maintenance Work Procedure 1-1
1.2 Necessary Tools 1-3
1.3 External View and Nomenclatures 1-3
1.4 Maintenance Space 1-7
1.5 Version Upgrade of System Firmware 1-9
1.5.1 Version Upgrade by Version upgrade CF Card 1-9
1.5.2 Version Upgrade by Maintenance CF Card 1-11
1.5.3 Other Version Upgrade Operations 1-11
1.5.4 Errors during CF Card Version Upgrade 1-13
1.5.5 Explanation of Version Upgrade CF Card 1-17
1.5.6 Explanation of Maintenance CF Card 1-19
1.5.7 Creation Method of Maintenance CF Card in Service Center 1-19
1.5.8 Version Upgrade by Web Browser 1-21
1.5.9 Version Upgrade by FTP Protocol 1-23
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode 2-1
2.1 Overview of Engine Maintenance Mode Function and Operation 2-2
2.1.1 Entering the Engine Maintenance Mode 2-2
2.1.2 Engine Maintenance Mode by Control Panel 2-3
2.2 Maintenance and Diagnostic Menu 2-4
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 10/379
CONTENTS-2
2.2.1 Operation for Select and Enter Oper2.3 Operation Method of Mainte-
nance and Diagnostic Menus 2-6
2.3.1 Maintenance Code 01 "ODOMETER" (Total Print Distance) 2-6
2.3.2 Maintenance Code 02 "LIFE" (part replacement information) 2-10
2.3.3 Maintenance Code 03 "CLEANING" (part cleaning information) 2-132.3.4 Maintenance Code 04 "ERROR LOG" (Unrecoverable Error Log) 2-16
2.3.5 Maintenance Code 05 "JAM LOG" (Paper Jam Error Log) 2-20
2.3.6 Maintenance Code 06 "SENSOR" (Sensor) 2-23
2.3.7 Maintenance Code 07 "THERMISTOR" (Thermistor) 2-26
2.3.8 Maintenance Code 08 "ACTUATOR" (Actuator) 2-28
2.3.9 Maintenance Code 09 "TEST" (Test) 2-32
2.3.10 Maintenance Code 10 "PRINT" (Print) 2-37
2.3.11 Maintenance Code 11 "REGULATE" (Adjustment) 2-42
2.3.12 Maintenance Code 12 "PARAMETER" (Parameter) 2-51
2.3.13 Maintenance Code 13 "NVRAM" (NVRAM) 2-592.3.14 Maintenance Code 14 "USER PARAMETER"
(User-defined engine parameter) 2-62
2.3.15 Maintenance Code 15 "ROLL WIDTH" (Paper roll print width) 2-66
2.3.16 Maintenance Code 16 "PROCESS LOG"
(Process Cartridge Consumption Log) 2-70
2.4 Message 2-7
Chapter 3 Maintenance Person Mode 3-1
3.1 Enter to Maintenance Person Mode 3-1
3.2 Functions of Maintenance Person Mode Menus 3-3
3.3 How to turn on the maintenance person mode on Web 3-5
3.4 Maintenance Person's Special Web Functions 3-5
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 11/379
CONTENTS-3
Chapter 4 Regular Inspection 4-1
4.1 Regular Inspection Operation Items and Procedure 4-2
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error) 5-1
5.1 Type of Error Messages 5-1
5.2 Troubleshooting Against Operator Call Error 5-2
5.3 Operator Notice Warning 5-3
5.4 Warning 5-5
5.4.1 Communication Error 5-5
5.4.2 PDL Warning 5-6
5.4.3 Engine Warning 5-8
5.4.4 Main Warning 5-8
5.5 Service Call Error 5-9
5.5.1 Engine Error 5-9
5.5.2 System Error 5-9
5.5.3 Controller Error 5-9
5.6 Error Log 5-13
5.6.1 Classification of Error/Warning 5-13
5.6.2 Format of Message 5-13
5.6.3 Log Registration Format 5-13
5.6.4 Error Log Print Item 5-14
5.6.5 Type of Error Log 5-14
5.7 Error Log Classification List 5-16
5.8 Job Log 5-17
5.8.1 Job Log Print Item 5-17
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 12/379
CONTENTS-4
5.9 Replacement of PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (Main Control Board) 5-19
5.10 Serial Number Unset 5-20
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure) 6-1
6.1 How to Read This Manual 6-1
6.1.1 Overview of Engine Troubleshooting 6-1
6.1.2 Terminology 6-3
6.2 Leve-1 Troubleshooting 6-5
6.2.1 Unrecoverable Error Codes and Description 6-5
6.2.2 Paper Jam Error Codes and Description 6-6
6.3 Leve-2 Troubleshooting 6-7
6.3.1 "Unrecoverable error code" Troubleshooting 6-7
6.3.2 "Paper jam error code" Troubleshooting 6-15
6.3.3 Troubleshooting by symptom 6-27
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure) 7-1
7.1 Print Quality Troubleshooting Method 7-1
7.1.1 Type of Engine Test Patterns 7-2
7.2 Troubleshooting in Case of a Plotting Specification Failure 7-4
7.2.1 Plotting Specification and Measuring Method 7-4
7.2.2 Corrective Measure in Case of Plotting Specification Failure 7-6
7.3 Troubleshooting in Case of a Print Quality Failure 7-7
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly) 8-1
8.1 How to Read This Manual 8-18.1.1 Rules for Disassembly/Assembly 8-1
8.1.2 Covers 8-2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 13/379
CONTENTS-5
8.2 Replacing the Parts 8-3
8.2.1 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-MRC (MRC 2 Board) 8-3
8.2.2 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-USB (USB 2 board) 8-9
8.2.3 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-MEC (MEC board) 8-10
8.2.4 Replacing the Controller Fan 8-118.2.5 Replacing the Paper Size Sensor and Paper Jam Sensor 8-13
8.2.6 Replacing the Cutter Unit 8-13
8.2.7 Replacing the High Voltage Power Unit 8-19
8.2.8 Replacing the Low Voltage Power Unit 8-20
8.2.9 Replacing the Power Switch 8-21
8.2.10 Replacing the Filter 8-23
8.2.11 Replace the waste toner bottle switch and the waste toner sensor. 8-23
8.2.12 Replacing the Fixation Unit 8-25
8.2.13 Replacing the Wheel Unit and Clutch ASSY 3-30
8.2.14 Replacing the Main Motor 3-338.2.15 Replacing the Transport (suction). 3-34
8.2.16 Replacing the Halogen Lamp on Fuser Unit 3-36
8.2.17 Replacing the BL01 ASSY (suction fan) 3-37
8.2.18 Replacing the Thermistor on Fixation 3-38
8.2.19 Replacing the Fan on Fuser 3-39
8.2.20 Replacing the Charger Fan 3-40
8.2.21 Replacing the Process Unit 3-42
8.2.22 Replacing the LED Head 3-43
8.2.23 Replacing the Transfer Separator 3-47
8.2.24 Replacing the Charge Elimination ASSY (charge elimination LED) 3-488.2.25 Replacing the Developer 3-49
8.2.26 Replacing the Developer DV Spacer 3-52
8.2.27 Replacing the Developer Blade 3-53
8.2.28 Replacing the INT1 (Upper Door Interlock Switch) 3-55
8.2.29 Replacing the INT3 (Buffer Door Interlock Switch) 3-56
8.2.30 Replacing the Paper Registration Sensor 3-57
8.2.31 Replacing the Manual Feed Sensor 3-58
8.2.32 Replacing the Control Panel 3-59
8.2.33 Replacing the Roll Paper Feed Motors (FM01and FM02) 3-60
8.2.34 Replacing the Sensors on Roll Paper Feed Unit(PS11, PS12, PS21, PS22, PS31, and PS32) 3-62
8.2.35 Replacing the Gas Spring 3-63
8.2.36 Replacing the heat roller 8-64
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 14/379
CONTENTS-6
8.2.37 Replacing the backup roller 8-67
8.2.38 Cleaning Primary Wire 8-69
8.2.39 Exchanging Primary Wire 8-72
8.2.40 Cleaning and Exchanging Cleaner Blade 8-76
8.2.41 Cleaning of OPC Photosensitive drum 8-80
Chapter 9 Adjustment 9-1
9.1 Adjusting the Voltage and Current of High Voltage Power Unit 9-1
9.1.1 Adjusting the Primary Charger Load Current 9-2
9.1.2 Developer AC Bias 9-3
9.1.3 Developer DC Bias 9-4
9.1.4 Transfer Load Current 9-5
9.1.5 Separator AC Bias 9-6
9.2 Verification and Adjustment Voltage of Low voltage Power Unit 9-7
9.3 Adjusting the Light Emitting STB Width of LED Head 9-8
9.4 Adjusting the Plotting Specification Items 9-9
9.4.1 Adjusting the Fixation Nip Pressure 9-10
9.4.2 Adjusting the Skew/Slack 9-11
9.4.3 Adjusting the Cut Squareness 9-14
9.4.4 Adjusting the Cut Length Accuracy 9-15
9.4.5 Adjusting the Plotting Length Accuracy 9-17
9.4.6 Adjusting the Top Edge Registration 9-19
9.4.7 Adjusting the Center Registration 9-21
9.5 Adjusting the Paper Top Edge Dead Space 9-24
9.6 Adjusting the LED Head Joint 9-25
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 15/379
CONTENTS-7
Chapter 10 Operational Description 10-1
10.1 Features 10-2
10.2 Engine Specifications 10-3
10.3 Paper Flow and Name of Each Part 10-4
10.4 Basic Operation (Overall Operation) 10-5
10.4.1 Block Diagram - Basic Configuration 10-5
10.4.2 Overview of Device Configuration 10-6
10.4.3 Configuration Block Diagram 10-8
10.4.4 Outline of Operations 10-9
10.5 Electrophotographic Process Operation 10-1110.5.1 Primary Charging 10-11
10.5.2 Photosensitive Drum 10-12
10.5.3 Exposure 10-13
10.5.4 Development 10-14
10.5.5 Transfer 10-15
10.5.6 Separation 10-16
10.5.7 Cleaning 10-16
10.5.8 Charge Elimination 10-17
10.5.9 Fusing 10-17
10.6 Operation of Drive and Feed Systems 10-19
10.6.1 Drive System 10-19
10.6.2 Paper feed system 10-19
10.7 Control System 10-21
10.7.1 Process Control 10-21
10.7.2 Paper Feed Control 10-21
10.8 Controller 10-22
10.8.1 Description of Controller Specifications 10-22
10.8.2 Hardware Configuration 10-23
10.8.3 Data Processing Flowchart 10-24
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 16/379
CONTENTS-8
Appendix A MEC Board Setup and LED Indication A-1
A.1 Setting the DIP Switches A-1
A.1.1 Setting 8-bit DIP Switch on MEC Board (SW4) A-1
A.1.2 Setting DIP Switch SW2 on MEC Board A-2A.1.3 Setting DIP Switch SW3 on MEC Board A-2
A.2 LED Indication A-3
A.2.1 LED indication on MEC board A-3
A.3 Reset Switch (SW1) on MEC Board A-6
Appendix B RFU Board Setup B-1
B.1 Setup of DIP Switch B-1
B.1.1 DIP Switch on the RFU Board B-1
Appendix C Setup MRC2 Board Setup C-1
C.1 Setup of DIP Switches C-1
C.1.1 DIP Switch on MRC2 Board (SW7) C-1
C.1.2 DIP Switch on MRC2 Board (SW2) C-1
C.1.3 DIP Switch (SW3) on MRC2 Board C-2
C.1.4 DIP Switch (SW1) on MRC2 Board C-2
Appendix D Menu Structure D-1
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram E-1
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 17/379
CONTENTS-9
Tables
Table 1-1 Necessary Tool List 1-2
Table 1-2 Other Version Upgrade List 1-11
Table 1-3 CF Card Version Upgrade Error List 1-14Table 1-4 CF Card Version Upgrade Error List 1-15
Table 1-5 Engine F/W Version Upgrade Error List 1-15
Table 1-6 Errors during Scanner Firmware Version Up List 1-16
Table 1-7 Errors during CF Card Version Up (for TECHCARD only) List 1-16
Table 2-1 Valid Maintenance Codes and Maintenance and Diagnostic Menu List 2-4
Table 2-2 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes 2-19
Table 2-3 Lists of Paper Jam Error Codes 2-22
Table 2-4 Engine Control Parameter List 2-53
Table 4-1 Regular Inspection Item List 4-2
Table 5-1 If a Job has been Left at Powering on 5-4
Table 5-2 Ethernet Warning List 5-5
Table 5-3 Mail Warning List 5-5
Table 5-4 USB Warning List 5-6
Table 5-5 PDL Warning List 5-6
Table 5-5 PDL Warning List 5-7
Table 5-6 Engine Control Warning List 5-8
Table 5-7 List of Main Warnings 5-8
Table 5-8 PDL Module Error List 5-9
Table 5-9 Engine Control Module Error List 5-10
Table 5-10 Operation Module Error List 5-10
Table 5-11 Main Module Error List 5-11
Table 5-12 Setup Error List 5-11
Table 5-13 Panel Control Module Error List 5-12
Table 5-14 Spool Module Error List 5-12
Table 5-15 Error Log Print Item 5-14
Table 5-16 Error Log Classification List 5-16
Table 5-17 Job Log Print Item 5-17
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 18/379
CONTENTS-10
Table 6-1 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes (1/2) 6-4
Table 6-1 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes (2/2) 6-5
Table 6-2 Lists of Paper Jam Error Codes 6-6
Table 7-1 Engine Test Pattern List 7-2Table 7-2 Image Quality Defects List 7-7
Table 8-1 Maintenance Priority 8-69
Table 9-1 Corresponding Table between LED Light Quantity and Light Emitting STB Value 9-8
Table 9-2 Adjustment Items in Case of a Plotting Specification Failure 9-9
Table 10-1 Symbol Table 10-7
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 19/379
CONTENTS-11
Figures
Figure 1-1 Maintenance Work Procedure Flow 1-1
Figure 1-2 External View and Nomenclatures (Front) 1-3
Figure 1-3 External View and Nomenclatures (right side / rear) 1-4Figure 1-4 External View and Nomenclatures (Interior) 1-5
Figure 1-5 External View and Nomenclatures (Control Panel) 1-6
Figure 1-6 Maintenance Space 1-7
Figure 1-7 Card Slot on Device 1-8
Figure 1-8 Directory Configuration in CF Card Version Upgrade 1-17
Figure 1-9 Directory Configuration of Maintenance CF Card 1-18
Figure 1-10 Extract File Configuration 1-19
Figure 8-1 Nomenclatures of Covers 8-2
Figure 10-1 Paper Flow and Name of Each Part 10-4
Figure 10-2 Block Diagram - Basic Configuration 10-5
Figure 10-3 Overview of Device Configuration Drawing 10-6
Figure 10-4 Configuration Block Diagram 10-8
Figure 10-5 Controller Block Diagram 10-23
Figure 10-6 Data Processing Flowchart 10-24
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 20/379
1-1
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
Chapter 1 describes the primary maintenance work procedure, necessary tools, and names of
components of this device.
Also, subsection 1.5 describes a method for updating the version of the system firmware.
1.1 Overview of Maintenance Work Procedure
The maintenance work is classified into the regular checking maintenance based on the
Maintenance Agreement and the maintenance if a trouble occurs.
The work procedure flows of respective cases are shown in Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-1 Maintenance Work Procedure Flow
Check the contents of trouble and the
situations if a trouble occurs.
Perform the troubleshooting.
· If controller is error (See Chapter 5)
· If engine is error (See Chapter 6)· If image quality is poor (See Chapter 7)
Replace a faulty part (See Chapter 8)
Adjust the replaced part or make adjustment
as necessary (See Chapter 9)
Check that the trouble is removed.
Start
Grasp the situations (problems, complaints,
etc.) of the device.
Check and clean the parts (See Chapter 4)
Replace parts as necessary (See Chapter 8)
or adjust (See Chapter 9).
Check by plotting that no problem occurs.
Maintenance if a
trouble occurs
Regular checking
maintenance
Regular check/Incase of a trouble
End
End
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 21/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 22/379
1-3
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
1.3 External View and Nomenclatures
Figures 1-2 to 1-5 respectively show the external view and nomenclatures of the device.
Figure 1-2 External View and Nomenclatures (Front)
1 Roll 1 drawer (door 1)
2 Roll 2 drawer (door 2)
3 Manual feed drawer (door 4)
4 Paper unfeeding outlet
5 Top door (door 6)6 Fixation door (door 7)
7 Manual paper feed holder (door 8)
8 Manual feed inlet
9 Toner cover
0 Control panel
A Waste toner bottle door
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 23/379
1-4
Figure 1-3 External View and Nomenclatures (right side / rear)
1 Main power switch
2 Power cord
3 Parallel interface connector
4 USB interface connector
5 Ethernet interface connector
6 Cutter door (door 5)
7 Cutter inside door (door 9)
8 Cutter door lower small window (door 10)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 24/379
1-5
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
Figure 1-4 External View and Nomenclatures (Interior)
1 Paper feed knob
2 Paper flange
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 25/379
1-6
Figure 1-5 External View and Nomenclatures (Control Panel)
2 LCD
The status of this device, as well as a
menu to set the device functions
appear on a 20- digit, 2-line display.
1 LEDs
The device status is indicated
by LEDs on, flashing, and off.
3 Keys
Use these keys to set device
functions.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 26/379
1-7
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
1.4 Maintenance Space
Figure 1-6 shows the spaces necessary to maintain the device.
Figure 1-6 Maintenance Space
(Unit: mm)
Installation space
Maintenance space
700 5 5 2
300
3 0 0
8 0 0
9 0 0
2054
2554
1154 600
700
6 0 0
1 6 5 2
2 0 5 2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 27/379
1-8
1.5 Version Upgrade of System Firmware
This section describes how to version upgrade the system firmware of the device. The device is
equipped with multiple firmware items. It is possible to version upgrade items collectively.
1.5.1 Version Upgrade by Version upgrade CF Card
The version upgrade CF card is used to upgrade all firmware versions collectively. (This card is
common to plotter and MF models.)
<Version-upgrade applies to the following firmware:>
- Controller firmware
- Engine firmware
- Scanner firmware (used in MF model)
<Procedures>
1 Turn on the device and execute MENU PRINT to output the setup list.
2 Turn off the device.
3 Insert the version upgrade CF card into the controller CF card slot. Check DIP
switches 1 and 2 are both in OFF position. (Default is OFF position.)
Card slotDIP switch for version upgrade.
Version upgrade: bit 1=OFF, 2=OFF
Figure 1-7 Card Slot on Device
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 28/379
1-9
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
4 Turn on the device.
In the version upgrade process, the old firmware version is automatically erased and
the new version is written in the device. After the start is booted correctly, the first
screen appears on the LCD and the process is initiated.
LCD displayed
S Y S T E M CO P YS - E R A S I N G X X X ( N o t e 2)
S Y S T E M C O P YWR I T I N G X X X
S Y S T E M C O P Y
C O P Y F I N I S H E D
S Y S T E M C O P Y
5 Press the Power key for several seconds to turn it off.
6 Pull out the version upgrade CF card from the controller CF card slot.
7 Turn on the device to reboot the system.
8 Execute MENU PRINT to output the setup list and check the system firmware is
correctly version-upgraded.
Normal termination
S Y S T E M C O P YC O P Y I N G X X X X X X ( N o t e 1 )
Note 1: Description of XXXXXXX
During the version upgrade,
"ENGINE" is displayed for
engine firmware.
"SCANNER" is displayed for
scanner firmware.
"SYSTEM" is displayed for
controller firmware.
Note 2: The down-counter for
copying or erasing the
controller firmware is
displayed.
Note: For the MF model, the scanner firmware is not rewritten if its version is
same as that registered to the device.
Note: If the engine firmware version is the same as or older than the one registered
to the device, the overwrite process is not executed.
Note: The version-upgrade of the controller firmware is executed unconditionally.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 29/379
1-10
1.5.2 Version Upgrade by Maintenance CF Card
The maintenance CF card can version upgrade individual firmware items one by one. The
version-upgrade using this card is executed by the control panel operation.
(1) LP-1010 version upgrading operation (maintenance open)
<Procedures>
1 Turn off the device.
2 Insert the maintenance CF card into the controller CF card slot.
Check DIP switches 1 and 2 are both in OFF position. (Default is OFF position.)
3 Turn on the device.
4 Access the FUNCTION menu, specify the target firmware item, and upgrade its
version.
system.bin: Total system (controller firmware + engine firmware)
Pxxxxx.bin: RIP controller firmware (xxxxxx: version)
Exxxxx.bin: Engine firmware (xxxxxx: version)
Sxxxxx.bin: Scanner firmware (xxxxxx: version) (for MF model)
Control panel (example of controller firmware version upgrade )
* s y s t e m . b i ns y s t e m ( 0 1 A )
* E 1 _ 0 1 . b i nCO P Y I NG E NG I N E
# V E R S I O N U P G R A D E
* E 1 _ 0 1 . b i ne n g i n e ( 1 . 0 1 )
* E 1 _ 0 1 . b i nCO P Y F I N I S H E D
* E 1 _ 0 1 . b i nOK?
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 30/379
1-11
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
5 Press the Power key for several seconds to turn it off.
6 Pull out the maintenance person CF card from the controller CF card slot.
7 Turn on the device to reboot the system.
1.5.3 Other Version Upgrade Operations
If addition to the utilization of version upgrade and maintenance CF cards, it is possible to
upgrade firmware versions as shown in Table 1-2 by using version upgrade DIP switches of the
device. Once DIP switches are set, procedures are the same as normal batch version upgrade
process.
* In this version upgrade, only the control firmware version, including BOOT ROM, can be upgraded.
Table 1-2 Other Version Upgrade List
DSW1 DSW2 Description
OFF OFF Upgrades all firmware versions in the device
collectively. (Normal version upgrade operation)
ON OFF Upgrades only the controller firmware version.
OFF ON Upgrades only controller firmware and BOOT ROM
versions.
ON ON Rewrites only the complete controller data, including
BOOT ROM. (Setup area is initialized.)
(Note 1) After the version-upgrade, be sure to return DIP switches 1 and 2 to OFF position.
(Note 2) Batch version up of each firmware mentioned above cannot be executed with the CF card for maintenance.
(DSW1, 2 = OFF, OFF)
<Procedures>
1 Turn off the device.
2 Insert the version-upgrade or maintenance CF card into the controller CF card slot.
Move DIP switches 1 and 2 to necessary positions according to the purpose (see Table
1-2.)
* Correct system file must exist in the /sys holder of each card.
3 Turn on the device.
The version upgrade is automatically initiated. During the process, the LCD changes
the display as shown below.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 31/379
1-12
LCD displayed
4 Press the Power key for several seconds to turn it off.
5 Pull out the version upgrade CF card from the controller CF card slot.
6 Turn on the device to reboot the system.
7 Execute MENU PRINT to output the setup list and check the target firmware is
correctly version-upgraded.
L O A D I N G S Y S T E M
CO P Y I N G S Y S T E MS - E R A S I NG x x x
CO P Y I N G S Y S T E MWR I T I NG x x x
S T A R T I N G VE R - U P
CO P Y I N G S Y S T E MS Y S CO P Y S T A R T
Normal termination (DSW, 2=ON, OFF)CO P Y I NG S Y S T EMCO P Y F I N I S H E D
Normal termination (DSW, 2=OFF, ON)CO P Y I NG S Y S T EMC O P Y F I N I S H E D - B T
Normal termination (DSW, 2=ON, ON)CO P Y I NG S Y S T EMC O P Y F I N I S H E D - A L
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 32/379
1-13
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
1.5.4 Errors during CF Card Version Upgrade
If an error message appears during the CF card version upgrade take actions according to Table
1-3.
nnnn: Error code
nnnn: Error code
E C F C A R D n n n n
E T E C H C A R D n n n n
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 33/379
1-14
edocrorrE noitpircseddnaemanrorrE )nosrepecnanetniamrof(erusaeM
1000 sipihcyromemhsalf ehtgnisarE
.luf sseccusnu
rorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
ehtecalper,detoobtonsiecivedehtrosrucer
.draob2CRM
2000 sirotcesyromemhsalf ehtgnisarE
.luf sseccusnu
rorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
ehtecalper,detoobtonsiecivedehtrosrucer
.draob2CRM
3000 .sruccotuoemitetirwyromemhsalF
rorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
ehtecalper,detoobtonsiecivedehtrosrucer
.draob2CRM
4000 .sruccororreyf irevetirwyromemhsalF
rorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
ehtecalper,detoobtonsiecivedehtrosrucer
.draob2CRM
0500
tonsidracFCehtniegamimetsysehT
cigaM(.ecivedehthtiwelbitapmoc
)hctamnurebmun
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
,srucerrorreehtf I.dracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
.draob2CRMehtecalper
1500 tonseoddracFCehtniegamimetsysehT
.lenrek niatnoc
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
,srucerrorreehtf I.dracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
.draob2CRMehtecalper
3500 sidracFCehtniegamimetsysehT
)rorreCRC(.deyortsedyllaitrap
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
sniatnoctahtdracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
ehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I.egamimetsystcerroc
.draob2CRM
4500 tonsidracFCehtniegamimetsysehT
.ecivedehthtiwelbitapmoc
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
sniatnoctahtdracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
ehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I.egamimetsystcerroc
.draob2CRM
5500
tonsidracFCehtniegamimetsysehT
egamiehT(.ecivedehthtiwelbitapmoc
.egralootsiezis
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreVsniatnoctahtdracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
ehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I.egamimetsystcerroc
.draob2CRM
6500 niatnoctonseoddracFCehtnielif ehT
)rorrenosirapmocmetsyS(.egamimetsys
ehtgnisuniagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
sniatnoctahtdracFCedargpunoisrevtcerroc
ehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I.egamimetsystcerroc
.draob2CRM
0010 detanimretsissecorpedargpunoisrevehT
.yticapacyromemecivedtrohsoteud
rorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpunoisreV
.draob2CRMehtecalper,srucer
1010 ehtf oerawmrif edargpunoisrevehT
.ytluaf siecived
sihtf odraobehtno2WSDdna1WSDehthtiW
ro(ylevitcepsersnoitisopNOdnaFFOnitesecived
tahtdracFCehtesudna,)NO:2WSD,NO:1WSDedargpunoisrevotegamimetsystcerrocsniatnoc
.niagaerawmrif eht
,detoobtonsiecivedehtrosrucerrorreehtf I
.draob2CRMehtecalper
2500 ehtotnettirwtonsiegamimetsysehT
.draob2CRMehtf oyromemhsalf
dnaNOotdraobehtno2dna1sehctiwsPIDteS
edargpunoisrevdna,ylevitcepser,snoitisopFFO
ecivedehtrosrucerrorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif eht
.draob2CRMehtecalper,detoobtonsi
metsysrellortnocniatnoctsumdracFCehT:etoN(
).)nib.metsys:emanelif (elif
Table 1-3 CF Card Version Upgrade Error List
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 34/379
1-15
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
edocrorrE noitpircseddnaemanrorrE )nosrepecnanetniamrof(erusaeM
0020 siMORTOOBf oedargpu-noisrevehT .luf sseccusnu
sihtf odraobehtno2WSDdna1WSDehthtiWro(ylevitcepsersnoitisopNOdnaFFOnitesecivedehtedargpunoisrev,)NO:2WSD,NO:1WSD
siecivedehtrosrucerrorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif .draob2CRMehtecalper,detoobton
metsysrellortnocniatnoctsumdracFCehT:etoN().)nib.metsys:emanelif (elif
0800 ehtni)tad.didrac(elif noitingocerdracehT
.tcerroctonsiegadracFC
oT.yltcerrocdracFCehtnielif tad.didracehttidE.elif ehtotgnirtsgniwollof ehtetirw,dnesiht
00.1:PSL:METSYS
1800 .sruccororredaerdracFC
dnaecnodracFCehtevomerecivedehtf f onruT-noisrevdna,enihcamehtnonrut,titresnier,srucerrorreehtf I.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpu
.draob2CRMehtecalper
2800 .sruccororrenepoegamimetsysdracFC
dnaecnodracFCehtevomerecivedehtf f onruT-noisrevdna,enihcamehtnonrut,titresnier
.niagaerawmrif ehtedargpu .draob2CRMehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I
3800 .tolsehtotnidetresnitonsidracFCehTtolsehtotnidracFCehttresniecivedehtf f onruTedargpunoisrevdna,enihcamehtnonrut,yltcerroc
.niagaerawmrif eht
4800 .detnuomyltcerroctonsidracFC
tolsehtotnidracFCehttresniecivedehtf f onruTedargpunoisrevdna,enihcamehtnonrut,yltcerroc
.niagaerawmrif eht.draob2CRMehtecalper,srucerrorreehtf I
Error code Error name and description Measure (for maintenance person)
0171 An unrecoverable error occurs on the
engine side.
Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MEC board.
017B Version upgrade is executed using any other
file than engine firmware file.
Version upgrade the firmware again using the
correct version upgrade CF card. If the error recurs,
replace the MRC board.
017C Contents of engine flash memory cannot
be erased.
Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MEC board.
017D W r i t e t o e n g i n e f l a s h m e m o r y i s
unsuccessful.
Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MEC board.
017E Engine firmware checksum error occurs.Version upgrade the firmware again using thecorrect version upgrade CF card. If the error recurs,
replace the MRC board.
Table 1-4 CF Card Version Upgrade Error List
Table 1-5 Engine F/W Version Upgrade Error List
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 35/379
1-16
Error code Error name and description Measure (for maintenance person)
0009 Version up is disabled on the scanner side Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MSC2 board.
001D Communication error occurred betweencontroller and scanner during version up.
Version upgrade the firmware again. If the errorrecurs, replace the MSC2 board.
101D Writing to the scanner flash memory failed Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MSC2 board.
0101 The scanner flash memory was destroyed. Version upgrade the firmware again. If the error
recurs, replace the MSC2 board.
Table 1-6 Errors during Scanner Firmware Version Up List
Table 1-7 Errors during CF Card Version Up (for TECHCARD only) List
Error code Error name and description Measure (for maintenance person)
1001 CF card does not exist, or it is not
recognized
Insert CF card correctly.
1002 CF card type is incorrect Insert correct CF card (TECHCARD)
1003 Corresponding file is not found in CF card Insert CF card in which the system files are stored.
1004 Corresponding file in CF card is illegal. Check if the system files are destroyed, and insert
CF card that stores correct system files.
1100 Correct folder does not exist, or files are not
recognized correctly.
Store system files in correct folder, or insert CF
card already checked for correction operation.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 36/379
1-17
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
1.5.5 Explanation of Version Upgrade CF Card
The version upgrade CF card contains the total system file where all firmware items of the device
are assembled into a single package. For this reason, it is possible to upgrade all firmware
versions collectively.
(1) Directory configuration in card
The version upgrade CF card supports two directories, each of which contains the information
file as shown below.
1 sys directory
The version upgrade total system file (system.bin) exists in the / sys directory. The size of this
system file is about 3 MB and only one system file is contained in it. If the / sys director does
not exist, the version upgrade process is not executed even when the version-upgrade CF cardis used.
2 cardid directory
The file (cardid.dat) that contains the ID code of the version upgrade card exsists in the
\cardid directory. If the ID code of the version upgrade card does not exist in the \cardid
directory, the version-upgrade card is not recognized. The ID code consists of "SYSTEM,"
"machine name," and "version."
Example: SYSTEM:LSP:1.00
Figure 1-8 Directory Configuration in CF Card Version Upgrade
1
sys
2
cardid
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 37/379
1-18
1.5.6 Explanation of Maintenance CF Card
The maintenance CF card is used to upgrade individually each firmware installed the device.
Multiple firmware files can be registered in the sys directory.
(1) Configuration of card directories
The maintenance CF card supports two directories, each of which contains information files or
file as shown below.
1 sys directory
The following version upgrade system files exists in the sys directory.
Total system file: system.bin
RIP controller firmware: Pxxxxx.bin (xxxxxx: version)Engine firmware: Exxxxx.bin (xxxxxx: version)
Scanner firmware: Sxxxxx.bin (xxxxxx: version) (for MF model)
If the /sys directory does not exist, the version upgrade process is not executed even when
the maintenance CF card is used.
2 cardid directory
The file (cardid.dat) that contains the ID code of the maintenance card exsists in the /cardid
directory.
If the ID code of the maintenance card does not exist in the /cardid directory, the maintenancecard is not recognized. The ID code consists of "TECH," "machine name," and "version."
(Here, "version" shows that of the total system file.)
Example: TECH:LSP:1.00
Figure 1-9 Directory Configuration of Maintenance CF Card
2
cardid
1
sys
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 38/379
1-19
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
1.5.7 Creation Method of Maintenance CF Card in Service Center
Version upgrade and maintenance CF cards respectively contain information directories that
maintain IDs, firmware versions, and system images. The file that contains these information
directories in the compressed form is provided to individual service centers so that CF cards can
be created in each office. (To execute the online version-upgrade, use the system.bin file on the
sys directory.)
(1) How to create the version-upgrade CF card
<Procedures>
1 Prepare a CF card writer. (Commercially available product is acceptable.)
2 Prepare the card formatted in FAT16 or FAT32. (FAT16 is recommended. Formatted
cards are commercially available.)
3 Prepare and extract the data compressed file discussed above. Directories and files are
loaded to the PC. (See Figure 1-10.)
4 Using the card writer, copy /sys and /cardid directories to the CF card. If the fresh CF
card is used, it is not necessary to format it with the PC.
- Cardid and sys directories must always be copied to the CF card.
Figure 1-10 Extract File Configuration
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 39/379
1-20
1.5.8 Version Upgrade by Web Browser
Besides the system version upgrade by the CF card, this device enables the online version
upgrade by the Web browser from the host computer.
As the firmware for version upgrade, extract the compressed file for creating the CF card and use
the "system.bin" file saved in the "sys" directory.
The following gives a procedure for the batch version upgrade using the "system.bin" file.
<Procedures>
1 Prepare the system file for the network controller firmware. (Example: system.bin)
2 Using the "remote-control startup procedures" described in the User's guide allows the
browser to display the plotter's Web screen.
3 Click "Maintenance" in the left menu list to open the Maintenance window.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 40/379
1-21
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
4 On the left menu list, enter the following maintenance password into the Password box
and click [Login].
CSCCSUDR (8 half-size characters)
5 Clicking Special Maintenance, the third menu on the Maintenance window, will open
the Special Maintenance window. There is no task on this window. Click Next.
6 Use the View button at the center of the System Change window to select the prepared
RIP system. Click Send to Printer. It takes several seconds until the next screen
appears after the data transfer is started. The initiation of data transfer is indicated on
the operation panel of the device.
7 Check the system version on the System Change window and, if it is OK, click
System Change. (The run time is about 3 to 4 minutes.)
8 When the next screen appears, the version upgrade procedures through the browser are
completed. Upon completion of version upgrade procedures, the device is rebooted
automatically.
Note: If the plotter is turned off during the system firmware version-upgrade
process, contents of the flash memory are broken and resultantly the device
cannot be booted correctly. If this is your case, it is necessary to write the
system firmware from the CF card to the flash memory and upgrade system
firmware versions from the host computer again. Pay special attention when
the machine is away from the computer.
Note: Use the Netscape Communicator 4.5 or later or Internet Explorer 4.5 or
later.
(1) Error
Following errors may be displayed on the host computer.
The downloaded file did not pass the header check.
Cause: An error occurred during the download.
Type of error: File format error
The plotter acknowledged NG against the version-upgrade request.
Cause: An error occurred during the download.
Type of error: The version upgrade rejection error
An error occurred during the CRC check.
Cause: The system file is damaged.
Corrective action: Download the system file again and retry the CRC check. When the error
recurs, consult the supplier.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 41/379
1-22
1.5.9 Version Upgrade by FTP Protocol
Besides the system version upgrade by the CF card, this device enables the online version
upgrade by the FTP protocol from the host computer.
As the firmware for version upgrade, extract the compressed file for creating the CF card and use
the "system.bin" file saved in the "sys" directory.The following gives a procedure for the batch version upgrade the "system.bin" file.
<Procedures>
1 Prepare the system file for the network controller firmware. (Example: system.bin)
2 Enter the plotter IP address to log in the device.
3 Enter the user name. Furthermore, enter the password "downloading."
4 Use the "put" command to send the system file of the network controller firmware to
the plotter.
* Example of operation on Personal computer.
> ftp <lp-1010 lp address> Enter the plotter IP address. (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx)
Name: downloading User name prepared for downloading the system
(down loading)
Password: downloading Enter the same string as the user name
(i.e. "downloading").
ftp>bin Change the binary mode.
ftp>put <System f ile F/W f ile name> Enter the system file name (system.bin).
ftp>quit Completed ftp protocol.
>
5 Upon completion of version-upgrade, use the "quit" command to quit the "ftp"
command. This device is automatically rebooted.
(1) Error
Following errors may be displayed on the host computer.
When the plotter is occupied by other user, the following error message appears.
421 Service not available, closing control connection (XXXX).
XXXX: 0001 -- Either netd, centroD, or testD is working.
0002 -- The device is not in idle state (i.e. the plotter is under operation.)
When the version-upgrade process is failed, the following error message appears.
553 Requested action not taken (XXXX).
XXXX: 001 -- The file is not normally formatted.
002 -- CRC check error (before writing to the flash memory)
003 -- CRC check error (after writing to the flash memory)
004 -- Flash write error
005 -- The file is transferred in the ASCII mode.
**** -- Either error code listed on pages 1-13 and 1-14 is displayed.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 42/379
1-23
Chapter 1 Maintenance Work Procedure
R e m o t e C o p y
R e m o t e C o p yS - E R A S I N G X X X
R e m o t e C o p yWR I T I NG X X X
R e m o t e C o p yCO P Y F I N I S H E D
R e m o t e C o p yS Y S CO P Y S T A R T
Press the Power key for several seconds to
turn it off.
Note: The display shown in the
left figure lasts (for about oneminute) when upgrading the
engine firmware (and the scanner
firmware for MF model).
Note: If the device is turned off during the system version-upgrade, the contents of
the flash memory are damaged to prevent the machine from correct bootup.
If this is your case, it is necessary to write the system program in the IC card
and resend the upgraded version from the host computer to the device.
(2) LCD display on the device side during online version-upgrade
The following appears on the LCD of the device during the online version upgrade through the
Web browser or FTP protocol.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 43/379
2-1
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
The engine maintenance mode is used in the periodic inspection or troubleshooting.
Chapter 2 describes the engine maintenance mode function and operation.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 44/379
2-2
2.1 Overview of Engine Maintenance Mode Function and Operation
To troubleshoot the device, it is necessary to enter the engine maintenance mode. The engine
maintenance mode should be operated using the keys on the control panel while checkingscreens displayed on the LCD. In the engine maintenance mode, only six keys, [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ],
[ENTER], and [CANCEL], are used. Other keys are not used.
2.1.1 Entering the Engine Maintenance Mode
To enter the engine maintenance mode, use the following procedures:
1 Turn on the device while holding down [ ] and[ ] keys on the operation panel. The screen
appears on the LCD as shown below.
On the second line, engine firmware version and engine firmware creation date (year/
month/day) are displayed.
2 When the following message appears after several seconds,
Press [ ] and [ ] keys in order and then press the [ENTER] key.
Hint: No matter whether keys are pressed in correct or incorrect order, the buzzer
will sound.
3 After correct keys are pressed, the screen changes as follows.
Hint: When necessary keys are not pressed or keys are pressed in incorrect
order, the ENGINE MAINTENANCE MODE screen will not appear. In this
case, turn off the device once and retry the procedures from Step (1).
4 After several seconds, the "MAINTENANCE CODE 01" screen appears as shown below.
Engine firmware version Engine firmware creation date (year/month/day)
E NG I N E F / W( 1 . 1 0 ) 2 0 0 4 - 0 8 - 2 0
I N P U T P A S SWO R D
E N G I N EM A I N T E N A N C E MO D E
< 0 1 > OD OM E T E R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 45/379
2-3
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.1.2 Engine Maintenance Mode by Control Panel
In the engine maintenance mode, toggle and select the desired numerical value or string, which is
sandwiched by angle brackets on the LCD, with keys on the control panel.
The device supports "select" and "set" modes for the display. When the numerical value is
marked by an underscore, the "set" mode is active.
(1) "Select" and "select and enter"
Selection refers to the operation where the angle-bracketed numerical value or string is changed
to/from another one with the [ ] or [ ] key. "Select and enter" refers to the operation where the
[ENTER] key is pressed to confirm the selection.
(2) "Set" and "set and enter"
Setup refers to the operation where the digit marked by the underscore in the angle brackets is
increased or decreased with the [ ] or [ ] key or the underscore is moved with the [ ] or [ ]
key. "Set and enter" refers to the operation where the [ENTER] key is pressed to confirm the
setting.
(3) Maintenance code and subcode
First, select and enter a maintenance code. Then, select or set a subcode.
1 Select the angle-bracketed maintenance code, mm using [ ] or [ ] keys.
"Maintenance code, mm, display."
2 After the [ENTER] key is pressed to select- enter the code, the angle-bracketed subcode, ss,
appears next to it. In this condition, check the contents and perform the maintenance.
"Maintenance code, mm, subcode, ss, display."
3 After the subcode is select and enter or set and enter, the maintenance code and subcode are
connected with a hyphen (-). In this condition, select the desired parameter and perform the
maintenance.
mm < 7 0 2 >
< mm >
mm < s s >
mm - s s
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 46/379
2-4
2.2 Maintenance and Diagnostic Menu
Table 2-1 shown below lists valid maintenance codes and maintenance and diagnostic menu
selections.
Table 2-1 Valid Maintenance Codes and Maintenance and Diagnostic Menu List
Maintenancecode
Display Function Refer
item
01 <01> ODOMETER Displays the total print distance. 2.3.1
02 <02> LIFE
Displays the print distance counted until the
replacement of a part, as well as allowable
next print distance.
Clears the print distance counted until the
replacement of a part.
2.3.2
03 <03> CLEANING
Displays the print distance counted until the
cleaning of a part, as well as allowable next
print distance.
Clears the print distance counted until the
cleaning of parts.
2.3.3
04 <04> ERROR LOG Displays the unrecoverable error
information. 2.3.4
05 <05> JAM LOG Displays the paper jam error information. 2.3.5
06 <06> SENSOR
Displays the status of sensors and switches.
Controls the buzzer sound so that you can
identify the change in status.
2.3.6
07 <07> THERMISTOR Dis plays the s tatus of ther mis tor s andhalogen lamp. 2.3.7
08 <08> ACTUATOR
Displays the status of motors, clutches, and
fans.
Runs these devices independently.
2.3.8
09 <09> TEST
Executes complex operations to adjust the
voltage and current of the high-voltage
power unit, and prints the paper to adjust the
nip pressure.
2.3.9
10 <10> PRINT Selects any of 18 test patterns supported by
the engine and prints the selected pattern. 2.3.10
11 <11> REGULATE
Executes the adjustment printout required as
a r e s u l t o f c h a n g e i n e n g i n e c o n t r o l
parameters such as front edge and side
registrations.
2.3.11
12 <12> PARAMETER Changes the engine control parameters in
RAM value. 2.3.12
13 <13> NVRAM
Saves the engine control parameters RAM
value to NVRAM.
Initializes NVRAM.
2.3.13
14 <14> USER PARAMETER Changes the RAM value of user-defined
parameters. 2.3.14
15 <15> ROLL WIDTH Changes the print width of the paper roll. 2.3.15
16 <16> PROCESS LOG Displays the process cartridge information. 2.3.16
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 47/379
2-5
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.2.1 Operation for Select and Enter Operation the Maintenance Code
Display maintenance code 01 according to the procedures described in Section 2.1.1 "Entering
the Engine Maintenance Mode." Select the maintenance code using [ ] or [ ] key, and press
the [ENTER] key to select and enter the code.
"MAINTENANCE CODE
01 DISPLAY"
(To Section 2.3.1)< 0 1 > OD OM E T E R
< 0 2 > L I F E
< 1 5 > RO L L W I D T H
< 1 6 > P RO C E S S L OG
"MAINTENANCE CODE
02 DISPLAY"
(To Section 2.3.2)
"MAINTENANCE CODE
15 DISPLAY"
(To Section 2.3.15)
"MAINTENANCE CODE
16 DISPLAY"
(To Section 2.3.16)
When the [CANCEL] key is pressed during the selection of maintenance code, you can return to
the MAINTENANCE CODE 01 screen without using the [ ] or [ ] key.
When the [ ] key is pressed during the selection of maintenance code, the engine firmware
version described in Section 2.3.1 1 is displayed. After 10 seconds or when you press any key,
the maintenance code selection window reappears.
When the [ ] key is pressed during the selection of maintenance code, the engine board version
is displayed. After 10 seconds or when you press any key, the maintenance code selection
window reappears.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 48/379
2-6
2.3 Operation Method of Maintenance and Diagnostic Menus
Maintenance and diagnostic menus classified with maintenance codes are furthermore divided
into detailed subcoded categories. This section describes various operations based onmaintenance codes and subcodes.
2.3.1 Maintenance Code 01 "ODOMETER" (Total Print Distance)
(1) Function
This code displays the total print distance (in meter) and total print count.
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function
01
01 01<01> Total
12345 m Displays the total print distance.
02 01<02> Roll-1
10000 m Displays the total print distance of roll 1.
03 01<03> Roll-2
20000 m Displays the total print distance of roll 2.
04 01<04> Roll-3
300 m Displays the total print distance of roll 3.
05 01<05> Sheet
45 m Displays the total print distance of manual feed.
06
01<06> Total Count
5678 Displays the total print count.
Whenever one drawing is normally plotted, the total print distance and print count are increased.
If an error such as paper jam occurs or the process is terminated during the printout of drawing,
the total distance and count are not increased since the drawing is incomplete.
For about 400-mm long blank space that is fed while "DOOR OPEN CUT" or "TOP EDGE CUT
TIMER" is being enabled, the total print distance is increased but the total print count maintains
the current value.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 49/379
2-7
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
In the total print count, the increment is 1 for manual feeding. For the paper roll, the increment is
determined by the length and width of the roll necessary to print one drawing, as shown in the
table below.
A3 (297 mm×420 mm), 11 inch×17 inch, 12 inch×18 inch: 1 count-up
A1 (594 mm×841 mm), 22 inch×34 inch, 24 inch×36 inch: 3 count-up
Length Count-up value
Up to (mm) Up to (lines)
A3 width equivalent paperroll
594 mm,610 mm,620 mm,
700 mm,707 mm,
22 inch, 24 inch
A1 width equivalent paperroll
594 mm,610 mm,620 mm,
700 mm,707 mm,
22 inch, 24 inch
460 10867 1 2
920 21733 2 3
1380 32599 3 4
1840 43465 4 6
2300 54332 5 8
2760 65198 6 9
3220 76064 7 10
3680 86930 8 12
4140 97797 9 13
4600 108663 10 15
5060 119529 11 18
5520 130395 13 19
5980 141261 14 21
6440 152128 15 22
6900 162994 16 24
7360 173860 17 25
7820 184726 18 27
8280 195593 19 28
8740 206459 20 30
9200 217325 21 31
9660 228191 22 33
10120 239058 24 36
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 50/379
2-8
A2 (420 mm×594 mm), 17 inch×22 inch), 18 inch×24 inch: 2 count-up
A0 (841 mm×1189 mm), 34 inch×44 inch), 36 inch×48 inch: 5 count-up
Length Count-up value
Up to (mm) Up to (lines)
A2-size-in-widthequivalent paper roll
420 mm,440 mm,
450 mm,500 mm,
17 inch, 18 inch
A0-size-in-width equivalentpaper roll841 mm,
880 mm,900 mm,
910 mm,914 mm,30 inch,
34 inch, 36 inch
320 7560 1 2
640 15119 2 3
960 22678 3 4
1280 30237 4 5
1600 37796 5 6
1920 45355 6 8
2240 52914 7 9
2560 60473 8 10
2880 68033 9 11
3200 75592 10 13
3520 83151 11 14
3840 90710 12 15
4160 98269 14 17
4480 105828 15 19
4800 113387 16 20
5120 120946 17 21
5440 128505 18 23
5760 136065 19 24
6080 143624 20 25
6400 151183 21 26
6720 158742 22 27
7040 166301 23 29
7360 173860 24 30
7680 181419 25 31
8000 188978 26 33
8320 196537 28 34
8640 204097 29 35
8960 211656 30 37
9280 219215 31 39
9600 226774 32 40
9920 234333 33 41
10240 241892 34 43
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 51/379
2-9
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for displaying the total print distance
1 If maintenance code 01 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the total print distance of the maintenance code 01, subcode
01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display each content sequentially for checking.
3 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 01" display comes back.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 01 DISPLAY"
0 1 < 0 1 > T o t a l1 2 3 4 5 m
0 1 < 0 2 > R o l l - 11 0 0 0 0 m
0 1 < 0 3 > R o l l - 22 0 0 0 m
0 1 < 0 4 > Ro l l - 33 0 0 m
01< 0 5 > S h e e t4 5 m
0 1 < 0 6 > T o t a l C o u n t1 2 3 4 5
< 0 1 > OD OM E T E R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 52/379
2-10
2.3.2 Maintenance Code 02 "LIFE" (part replacement information)
(1) Function
As the part replacement information, the print distance after part replacement and the
replacement criteria are displayed.
Also, the print distance after part replacement can be cleared to "0" by selecting and entering a
subcode. However, for spare parts, the print distance cannot be cleared to "0."
Note: The print distance must be cleared when a part was replaced.
ecnanetniaMedoc
edocbuS yalpsiD emantraptnemecalpeR ecalpeR
airetirc
20
10 40,20,10HT>10<20
mk 001 / m54321
rotsimrehT mk 001
20 eriWCT>20<20
mk 02 / m54321 )2(eriwegrahC mk 02
30 eriWCD>30<20
mk 02 / m54321 )3(eriwegrahC mk 02
40 retliFenozO>40<20
mk 05 / m54321 retlif enozO mk 05
50 lloRtaeH>50<20
mk 001 / m54321 yssA)resuF(regniF mk 001
60 lloRerusserP>60<20
mk 001 / m54321 )taeH(relloR mk 001
70 edalB.gaM>70<20
mk 001 / m54321 )puk caB(relloR mk 001
80 ->80<20
mk 001 / m54321 yssA)VD(edalB mk 001
90 ->90<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
01 ->01<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
11 ->11<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
21 ->21<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
31 ->31<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
41 ->41<20 mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
51 ->51<20
mk 0 / m54321 erapS airetircoN
Print distance after part replacement Part replacement criterion
0 2 < 0 1 > TH 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 41 2 3 4 5 m / 1 0 0 K m
Part name
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 53/379
2-11
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for displaying part replacement information
1 If maintenance code 02 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the part replacement information of maintenance code 02,
subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display each content sequentially for checking.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, "maintenance code 02" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed, the print distance after the part replacement can be cleared as
shown on the next page.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 02 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
( key is inactive
for spare parts)
0 2 < 0 1 > TH 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 41 2 3 4 5 m / 1 0 0 K m
0 2 < 0 2 > T C W i r e
1 2 3 4 5 m / 2 0 K m
0 2 < 1 4 > -1 2 3 4 5 m / 0 K m
0 2 < 1 5 > -1 2 3 4 5 m / 0 K m
( key is inactive
for spare parts)
< 0 2 > L I F E
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 54/379
2-12
Print distance after replacement becomes "0."
(3) Operation for clearing part replacement information
The following describes the operation for clearing the print distance to be operated after a part
was replaced, taking an example of subcode 01.
1 Following the message shown on the previous page, a clear confirmation message is
displayed if the replaced part is selected and entered.
2 If the [ENTER] key is pressed for the confirmation message, the print distance after part
replacement is cleared to "0."
3 The "maintenance code 02, subcode 01" display comes back, and the print distance "0" after
part replacement is displayed.
4 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed for the confirmation message, the "maintenance code 02,
subcode 01" display comes back without clearing the print distance.
0 2 < 0 1 > TH 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 4( C l e a r O K ? )
0 2 < 0 1 > T H 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 40 m / 1 0 0 K m
(Return to previous page)
(Continued from previous page)
0 2 < 0 1 > T H 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 41 2 3 4 5 m / 1 0 0 K m
"MAINTENANCE CODE 02, SUBCODE
01 DISPLAY"
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 55/379
2-13
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.3.3 Maintenance Code 03 "CLEANING" (part cleaning information)
(1) Function
As the part cleaning information, the print distance after part cleaning and the cleaning criteria
are displayed.Also, the print distance after part cleaning can be cleared to "0" by selecting a subcode. However,
for spare parts, the print distance cannot be cleared to "0."
Note: The print distance must be cleared when a part was cleaned.
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Location or part name to be
cleanedCleaningcriteria
03
01 03<01> TH01, 02, 04
12345 m/ 5 km Thermistor 5 km
02 03<02> TC Wire
12345 m/ 5 km Change wire (2) 5 km
03 03<03> DC Wire
12345 m/ 5 km Change wire (3) 5 km
04 03<04> SLA
12345 m/ 5 km SLA 5 km
05 03<05> Tracking Roll
12345 m/ 5 km Roller (1) 5 km
06 03<06> Heat Roll
12345 m/ 5 km Roller (Heat) 5 km
07 03<07> Pressure Roll
12345 m/ 5 km Roller (Backup) 5 km
08 03<08> Regist Roll
12345 m/ 10 km Roller (Height) 10 km
09 03<09> Cutter Roll12345 m/ 10 km
Roller (Cutway) 10 km
10 03<10> PF. Roll
12345 m/ 10 km Roller (Paper feed 1, 2) 10 km
11 03<11> Spacer DV
12345 m/ 5 km Spacer (CV) 5 km
12 03<12> Fuser Finger
12345 m/ 10 km Finger (Fuser) ASSY 10 km
13 03<13> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
14 03<14> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
15
03<15> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
16 03<16> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
17 03<17> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
18 03<18> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
19 03<19> -
12345 m/ 0 km Spare No criterion
Print distance after part cleaning Part cleaning criterion
0 3 < 0 2 > T C W i r e1 2 3 4 5 m / 5 K m
Part name
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 56/379
2-14
(2) Operation for displaying part replacement information
1 If maintenance code 03 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter a Maintenance Code," the part replacement information of the maintenance code 03,
subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display each content sequentially for checking.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 03" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed, the print distance after the part replacement can be cleared as
shown on the next page.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 03 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
( key is inactive
for spare parts)
0 3 < 0 1 > T H 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 41 2 3 4 5 m / 5 K m
0 3 < 0 2 > T C W i r e1 2 3 4 5 m / 5 K m
0 3 < 1 8 > -1 2 3 4 5 m / 0 K m
0 3 < 1 9 > -1 2 3 4 5 m / 0 K m
( key is inactive
for spare parts)
< 0 3 > C L E A N I N G
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 57/379
2-15
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(3) Operation for clearing part cleaning information
The following describes the operation for clearing the print distance to be operated after a part
was cleaned, taking an example of subcode 02.
1 Following the message shown on the previous page, a clear confirmation message is
displayed if the cleaned part is selected and entered.
2 If the [ENTER] key is pressed for the confirmation message, the print distance after part
cleaning is cleared to "0." The "maintenance code 03, subcode 02" display comes back, and
the print distance "0" after part cleaning is displayed.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed for the confirmation message, the "maintenance code 03,
subcode 02" display comes back without clearing the print distance.
Print distance after part cleaning becomes "0."
0 3 - 0 2 T C W i r e( C l e a r O K ? )
0 3 < 0 2 > T C W i r e0 m / 5 Km
(Return to previous page)(Continue of previous page)
0 3 < 0 2 > T C W i r e1 2 3 4 5 m / 5 Km
"MAINTENANCE CODE 03 SUB CODE 02DISPLAY"
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 58/379
2-16
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function
01
01 04<01> [2032] R1N A2
03-06 (09:30) 12340 m
Displays the information on the latest unrecoverable
error.
02 Displays the information on the second latest
unrecoverable error.
: : :
10 04<10> [ ]
Displays the information on the tenth latest
unrecoverable error. (If there is no error log, the
error code is left blank.)
Date of error occurrence
Month/day/hour/minute(March 6, 9H30M)
0 4 < 0 1 > [ 2 0 3 2 ] R 1 N A 20 3 - 0 6 ( 0 9 : 3 0 ) 1 2 3 4 0 m
Information on paper used when error
occurred (Roll 1, normal paper, width
equivalent to A2)
Error code
Total print distance
when erroroccurred
2.3.4 Maintenance Code 04 "ERROR LOG" (Unrecoverable Error Log)
(1) Function
This code displays up to ten latest unrecoverable errors.
An error code, information on paper used when an error occurred, date of error occurrence, and
total print distance when an error occurred are displayed as follows:
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 59/379
2-17
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Meaning of six-character "paper information"
1st and 2nd characters(Paper supply source)
Meaning
R1 Roll 1
R2 Roll 2
SH Manual feed
Paper supply source is not identified.
sretcarahcht4dnadr3)repapfoepyT(
gninaeM
N epaplamroN
1T )1edomrepapgnicart(repapgnicarT
2T )2edomrepapgnicart(repapgnicarT
F mliF
.deif itneditonsiepytrepaP
5th and 6th characters(paper width)
Meaning
A0
A0 width equivalent roll paper (841 mm)
Roll paper having the following width:
36 inch, 34 inch, 30 inch, 914 mm,
910 mm, 900 mm, and 880 mm
A1
A1 width equivalent roll paper (594 mm)
Roll paper having the following width:24 inch, 22 inch, 707 mm, 770 mm,
620 mm, and 610 mm
A2
A2 width equivalent roll paper (420 mm)
Roll paper having the following width:
18 inch, 17 inch, 500 mm, 450 mm, and
440 mm
A3
A3 width equivalent roll paper (420 mm)
Roll paper having the following width:
12 inch, 11 inch, 310 mm
Paper supply source is not identified.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 60/379
2-18
"MAINTENANCE CODE 04 DISPLAY"
(2) Operation for displaying unrecoverable error log
1 If maintenance code 04 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter a Maintenance Code," the unrecoverable error log of the maintenance code 04,
subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display each content sequentially for checking.
3 If the [ENTER] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 04" display comes back.
0 4 < 0 1 > [ 2 0 3 2 ] R 1 N A 20 3 - 0 6 ( 0 9 : 3 0 ) 1 2 3 4 0 m
0 4 < 0 2 > [ 2 0 3 2 ] R 1 N A 30 3 - 0 5 ( 1 8 : 3 2 ) 1 2 3 0 0 m
0 4 < 0 9 > [ ]
0 4 < 1 0 > [ ]
< 0 4 > E R R O R L O G
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 61/379
2-19
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(3) Unrecoverable error codes and description
Table 2-2 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes
Unrecoverable
error codes Description
2020 BM01 (waster toner bottle vibrating motor) trouble
2021, 2022 HM01 (heat roller pulse motor) trouble
2023 PM01 (process motor) trouble
2024, 202A CM01 (developer pulse motor) trouble
2026, 202B TM01 (paper feed pulse motor) trouble
2027, 202C FM01 (paper feed pulse motor 1) trouble
2028, 202D FM02 (paper feed pulse motor 2) trouble
2029, 202E FM03 (paper feed pulse motor 3) trouble
2030 Power supply failure (50Hz/60Hz evaluation value is abnormal)
2032 High voltage power supply failure (overload occurred in high voltage output)
2033 Power supply failure (interrupt does not occur when the power turns off)
2035 LED head correction data transfer error (time out)
2036 LED head correction data transfer error (header error)
2037 LED head correction data transfer error (footer error)
2081 TH02 (over thermistor) detected overheat of fuser temperature
2082 TH01 (fixation temperature control thermistor) failure
Extremely high temperature (cables could be shorted)
2083 TH01 (fixation temperature control thermistor) exceeded the fixation upper limit temp
2084 After warm-up started, fixation temperature TH01 did not reach specified temp within specified time
2085 TH03 (LED head temperature measuring thermistor) failure. Extremely high temp (cables could be shorted) or
extremely low temp (cables could be disconnected)
2086 TH03 (LED head temperature measuring thermistor) exceeded the LED head upper limit temp
2087 TH04 (fixation temperature control thermistor) failure. Extremely high temp (cables could be shorted)
2088 TH04 (fixation temperature control thermistor) exceeded the fixation upper limit temp
2089 After warm-up started, fixation temperature TH04 did not reach specified temp within specified time
20C1-20C3 NVRAM checksum error (system parameter)
20C4 NVRAM checksum error (print distance after part replacement)
20C5 NVRAM checksum error (print distance after part cleaning)
20C6 NVRAM checksum error (user-defined engine parameter)
20C8 NVRAM checksum error (unrecoverable error log)
20C9 NVRAM checksum error (paper jam error log)
20CA NVRAM checksum error (process cartridge consumption log)20D1-20D8 NVRAM checksum error (engine control parameter)
20E0 WDT (watchdog timer) overflow
2D01 NAK was transmitted to the controller 7 times but no command is returned
2D02 Response to the controller was made 7 times but ACK is not returned
2D03 In receiving data from controller, the line error was detected more than 100 times
2D04 Engine status transition was noticed to the controller 7 times but ACK is not returned
2F7C After F/W rewriting error occurred, the flash memory cannot be cleared (F/W cannot be restored)
2F7D After F/W rewriting error occurred, no data can be written to the flash memory (F/W cannot be restored)
2F7E After F/W rewriting error occurred, checksum of F/W rewritten to the flash memory does not match (F/W cannot
be restored)
2F7F After F/W rewriting error occurred, F/W rewritten to the flash memory does not match the contents of SRAM (F/Wcannot be restored)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 62/379
2-20
0 5 < 0 1 > [ 3 7 0 2 ] R 1 N A 30 3 - 0 7 ( 1 0 : 5 8 ) 1 2 3 4 5 m
Date of error occurrence
Month day hour minute(March 7, 10H58M)
Total print distance when error
occurred
Information on paper used when error
occurred (Roll 1, normal paper, width
equivalent to A3)
Error code
2.3.5 Maintenance Code 05 "JAM LOG" (Paper Jam Error Log)
This code displays up to ten latest paper jam errors.
An error code, information on paper used when an error occurred, date of error occurrence, and
total print distance when an error occurred are displayed as follows:
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Feature
05
01 05<01> [3702] R1N A3
03-07 (10:58) 12345 m Displays the information on the latest paper jam error.
02 05<01> [3702] R1N A3
03-05 (18:25) 12300 m
Displays the information on the second latest paper jam
error.
: : :
10 05<10> [ ]
Displays the information on the tenth latest paper jam
error. (If there is no error log, the error code is left
blank.)
The meaning of the six-character "paper information" is the same as that explained in Section
2.3.4 "MAINTENANCE CODE 04 "ERROR LOG" (Unrecoverable Error Log)."
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 63/379
2-21
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for displaying paper jam error log
1 If maintenance code 05 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter a Maintenance Code," the latest paper jam error information of the maintenance
code 05, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display each content sequentially for checking.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 05" display comes back.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 05 DISPLAY"
0 5 < 0 1 > [ 3 7 0 2 ] R 1 N A 30 3 - 0 7 ( 1 0 : 5 8 ) 1 2 3 4 5 m
0 5 < 0 2 > [ 3 7 0 1 ] R 1 N A 30 3 - 0 5 ( 1 8 : 2 5 ) 1 2 3 0 0 m
0 5 < 0 9 > [ 3 6 0 1 ] R 2 T 1 A 10 2 -1 8 ( 1 5 : 0 3 ) 1 2 0 0 0 m
0 5 < 1 0 > [ ]
< 0 5 > J A M L O G
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 64/379
2-22
(3) Paper jam error codes and description
Table 2-3 Lists of Paper Jam Error Codes
Paper jamerror codes
Description
Doors to open for removing the paper
Roll 1, Roll 2, or Roll 3paper feed
Manual paper feed
3330 Paper is located at PS30 (under cutter) position
Door 5 and then Door 13331 Paper is located at PS31 (under cutter) position
3332 Paper is located at PS32 (under cutter) position
3400 Paper is located at PS04 (under cutter) position
3401, 3402 Arrival of paper top edge at PS04 is too early
Door 13403, 3404 Paper top edge does not arrive at PS04
3491, 3492 When paper roll is rewound, arrival at PS04 is too
early
3493, 3494 When paper roll is rewound, paper exists in PS04
after preset paper pass time elapsed Door 5 and then Door1
3500 Paper is located in PS04 (register) position Door 6
3501, 3502 Arrival of paper top edge at PS05 is too early Door 5(Door 5 and) Door 9, Door 4
3503, 3504 Paper top edge does not arrive at PS05 Door 5 and then Door1
3591, 3592 Paper trail edge leaves PS05 too early
Door 63593, 3594
Paper trail edge does not leave PS05 after preset
paper pass time elapsed
3600 Paper is located in PS04 (suction) position Door 6
Door6
Door 6 (Door 5 and) Door 9,
Door 4
3601, 3602 Arrival of paper top edge at PS06 is too earlDoor 6
Door6
Door 6 (Door 5 and) Door 9,
Door 43603, 3604 Paper top edge does not arrive at PS06
3691, 3692 Paper trail edge leaves PS06 too early
Door 63693, 3694
Paper trail edge does not leave PS06 after preset
paper pass time elapsed
3700 Paper is located in PS07 (fuser) position Door 6
Door6
Door 6 (Door 5 and) Door 9,
Door 4
3701, 3702 Arrival of paper top edge at PS07 is too earlyDoor 6
Door6
Door 6 (Door 5 and) Door 9,
Door 43703, 3704 Paper top edge does not arrive at PS04
3791, 3792 Paper trail edge leaves PS07 too early
Door 63793, 3794
Paper trail edge does not leave PS07 after preset
paper pass time elapsed
3042-3047 Trouble when cutter blade moves Door 5
Door1: Roll 1 (top) drawer PS21
Door2: Roll 2 (middle) drawer PS22
Door4: Manual feed drawer CNCT
Door5: Cutter door INT3
Door6: Top cover MS08, INT1
Door7: Fixation door MS06
Door8: Manual paper feeding holder MS07
Door9: Cutter door inside (No open-close detection senor)
Door10: Cutter door lower small door (No open-close detection senor)
Door 1 means either Door 1 or Door 2.
To open the Door 7, the Door 8 must be opened first.
To open the Door 9, the Door 5 must be opened first.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 65/379
2-23
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.3.6 Maintenance Code 06 "SENSOR" (Sensor)
(1) Function
This code displays the status of sensors and switches.
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function Status
06
00 06<00> Beep OFF Enables or disables the buzzer used to
identify the status of relevant devices.
ON: Buzzer works.
OFF: Buzzer does not work.
01 06<01> PS30
OFF
Displays the status of the paper width
judge sensor. (A0 width or more)
ON: Paper exists.
OFF: Paper does not exist.
02 06<02> PS31
OFF
Displays the status of the paper width
judge sensor. (A1 width or more)
03 06<03> PS32
OFF
Displays the status of the paper width
judge sensor. (A2 width or more)
04 06<04> PS04
OFF
Displays the status of the paper
detection sensor (cutter lower).
05 06<05> PS05
OFF
Displays the status of the paper
detection sensor (registration).
06 06<06> PS06OFF
Displays the status of the paperdetection sensor (suction).
07 06<07> PS07
OFF
Displays the status of the paper
detection sensor (fixation).
08 06<08> PS11
ON
Displays the status of the roll 1 flange
detection sensor. ON: Roll flanges exist.
OFF: Roll flange does not
exist.09 06<09> PS12
ON
Displays the status of the roll 2 flange
detection sensor.
11 06<11> PS15
OFF
Displays the status of the manual feed
paper detection sensor.
ON: Paper exists.
OFF: Paper does not exist.
12 06<12> PS21
ON
Displays the status of the roll 1 drawer
open/close detection sensor. (Door 1)
ON: Close
OFF: Open13
06<13> PS22
ON
Displays the status of the roll 2 drawer
open/close detection sensor. (Door 2)
15 06<15> MS04ON
Displays the status of the toner dooropen/close switch.
16 06<16> MS05
ON
Displays the status of the waste toner
bottle detection switch.
ON: Bottle exists.
OFF: Bottle does not exist.
17 06<17> MS06
ON
Displays the status of the fixation door
open/close switch. (Door 7)
ON: Close
OFF: Open
18 06<18> MS07
ON
Displays the status of the manual feed
holder open/close switch.
19 06<19> MS08
ON
Displays the status of the upper door
(left side) open/close switch. (Door 6)
20 06<20> INT1
ON
Displays the status of the upper door
open/close interlock switch. (Door 6)
21 06<21> INT3
ON
Displays the status of the cutter door
open/close interlock switch. (Door 5)
22 06<22> CNCT
ON
Displays the status of the manual feeddrawer open/close connector. (Door
4)
23 06<23> RE01
OFF
Displays the status of the cutter blade
detection (right edge) micro switch. ON: Cutter blade exists.
OFF: Cutter blade does not
exist.24 06<24> RE02
ON
Displays the status of the cutter blade
detection (left edge) micro switch.
25 06<25> TS01
ON Displays the status of the toner sensor.
ON: Toner exists.
OFF: Toner does not exist.26
06<26> TS02
OFF
Displays the status of the waste toner
sensor
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 66/379
2-24
(2) Operation for displaying the sensor status
1 If maintenance code 06 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the buzzer set of the maintenance code 06, subcode 00 is
displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display the status of each sensor.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 06" display comes back.
4 When the [ENTER] key is pressed during the setup of buzzer (subcode 00), you can enable or
disable the buzzer whose tone is changed according to the status of sensors and switches, as
described on the next page.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 06 DISPLAY"
To next page0 6 < 0 0 > B e e p O F F
0 6 < 0 1 > P S 3 0 O N
0 6 < 2 5 > T S 0 1O N
0 6 < 2 6 > T S 0 2O F F
< 0 6 > S E N S O R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 67/379
2-25
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
0 6 - 0 0 B e e p O F F< O N >
0 6 < 0 0 > B e e p O N
Setting changes from OFF to ON.
(3) Operation for buzzer enable/disable setting
On the maintenance code 06, subcode 00 screen, you can enable or disable the buzzer whose tone
is changed according to the status of sensors and switches.
1 When subcode 00 is selected and entered, the parameter that shows the setting opposite to the
current valid setting is displayed.
2 Press [ENTER] key. The buzzer setting will change from ON to OFF and vice versa.
3 Press [CANCEL] key. The current setting is maintained.
0 6 < 0 0 > B e e p O F F
"MAINE. CODE 06 SUBCODE 00 DISPLAY"
(Return to previous page)
(Continued from previous page)
Hint: After ON is selected, the buzzer sounds in different tone depending on the
status of the sensors or switches selected from SUBCODE 01 through 26.
When the sensor is turned on, the long beep sound is generated. When the
sensor is turned off, the short beep sound is generated.
When the maintenance code 06 “SENSOR” display is closed, this “06”
mode is quitted.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 68/379
2-26
2.3.7 Maintenance Code 07 "THERMISTOR" (Thermistor)
(1) Function
This code displays the status of thermistors and halogen lamp.
Hint: In Subcode 01, 03, and 04, an asterisk (*) shows the status of two halogen
lamps of the fixation device.
While the halogen lamp to heat the central area is being turned on, the
status is indicated with the 10th character. While the halogen lamp to heat
both side areas is being turned on, the status is indicated with the 6th
character.
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function Status
07
01 07<01> TH01* 123 ˚ C
TH01: Displays thetemperature at the center of
the fixation.
-
02 07<02> TH02
NORMAL
TH02: Displays whether the
overheated fixation is
detected.
OVERHEAT:
Overheat is detected.
NORMAL:
Overheat is not detected.
03 07<03> TH02
* * 32 C
TH03: Displays the
temperature of the LED head. -
04 07<04> TH04
* 100 C
TH04: Displays the
temperature at the left end of
the fixation.
-
Hint: The lower display limit of temperatures of TH1 and TH4 is 45°C. If there is
any disconnection, 45°C or 51°C is displayed.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 69/379
2-27
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
"MAINTENANCE CODE 07 DISPLAY"
(2) Operation for checking thermistor status
1 If maintenance code 07 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 07, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display the status of each thermistor for checking.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the [maintenance code 07] display comes back.
0 7 < 0 1 > T H 0 1* 1 2 3 º C
0 7 < 0 2 > T H 0 2N O R M A L
0 7 < 0 4 > T H 0 4* 1 0 0 º C
0 7 < 0 3 > T H 0 3* * 3 2 º C
< 0 7 > T H E RM I S T O R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 70/379
2-28
2.3.8 Maintenance Code 08 "ACTUATOR" (Actuator)
(1) Function
This code displays the status of the system equipment such as high-voltage power unit, motor,
and clutch, and specifies their operations.
Hint: When maintenance code 08 is active, errors such as a door open error are
not detected.
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function Status or operation
parameter
08
00 08<00> Actuator Turns off major actuators. OFF: OFF
01 08<01> CC
OFF
Displays the status of the charge unit
(CC) and specifies its operation.
ON: ON
OFF: OFF
02 08<02> DB
OFF
Displays the status of the developer
unit (DB) and specifies its operation.
03 08<03> TC
OFF
Displays the status of the transcription
unit (TC) and specifies its operation.
04 08<04> DC
OFF
Displays the status of the separator
(DC) and specifies its operation.
05 08<05> EL
OFF
Displays the status of the dischange
(EL) and specifies its operation.
06 08<06> PM01
OFF
Displays the status of the process
motor and specifies its operation.
ON: Rotated
OFF: Stopped
07 08<07> HM01
OFF
Displays the status of the heat roller
pulse motor and specifies its operation.
ON: Rotated
OFF: Stopped
08 08<08> GM01
OFF
Displays the status of the developer
unit pulse motor and specifies its
operation.
ON1: Developing direction
CW-ON
ON2: Toner stirring direction
CW-ON
OFF: Stopped
09 08<09> BM01
OFF
Displays the status of the waste toner
bottle vibration monitor and specifies
its operation.
ON: Rotated
OFF: Stopped
10 08<10> TM01
OFF
Displays the status of the paper feed
pulse motor and specifies its operation.
ON1: Paper feed direction
CCW-ON
ON2: Rewinding direction
CW-ON
OFF: Stop
11 08<11> FM01
OFF
Displays the status of the paper feed 1
and specifies its operation. ON1: Paper feed direction
CW-ON
ON2: Rewinding direction
CCW-ON
OFF: Stop
12 08<12> FM02
OFF
Displays the status of the paper feed 2
and specifies its operation.
13 08<13> FM03OFF
Displays the status of the paper feed 3and specifies its operation.
14 08<14> CL04
OFF
Displays the status of the registration
roller clutch and specifies its
operation. ON: Engaged
OFF: Disengaged
15 08<15> CL06
OFF
Displays the status of the paper feed
roller clutch and specifies its
operation.
16 08<16> BL01
OFF
Displays the status of the suction fan
and specifies its operation. ON1: Rotated fast
ON2: Rotated slowly
OFF: Stopped17 08<17> BL02
OFF
Displays the status of the fixation
device top center fan and specifies its
operation.
18 08<18> BL03 OFF Displays the status of the charge unitfan and specifies its operation. ON: RotatedOFF: Stopped
19 08<19> BL06
OFF
Displays the status of the fixation top
b o th ed g e f an an d sp ec i f i es i t s
operation.
ON1: Rotated fast
ON2: Rotated slowly
OFF: Stopped
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 71/379
2-29
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for checking the actuator status
1 If maintenance code 08 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 08, subcode 00 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key to display current status of each actuator for checking.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 08" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed to enter the selected item, the operation of the actuators can be
specified as shown in (3) or (4) on the following pages.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 08 DISPLAY"
(To next page )
(To page 2-31)
0 8 < 0 0 > A c t u a t o r o f f
0 8 < 0 1 > C CO F F
0 8 < 1 8 > B L 0 3O F F
0 8 < 1 9 > B L 0 6O F F
(To page 2-31)
(To page 2-31)
< 0 8 > A C T U A T O R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 72/379
2-30
0 8 - 0 0 A c t u a t o r o f f< O F F >
0 8 < 0 0 > A c t u a t o r o f f
Actuator OFF is
executed
(3) Operation for turning off the actuators
With the maintenance code 08, subcode 00, main actuators can be turned off.
1 If subcode 00 is selected and entered, parameter <OFF> is displayed.
2 Press the [ENTER] key to execute the actuator OFF.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the actuator OFF is not executed.
The actuators changed by the actuator off operation and the statuses immediately after actuator
off operation are as listed below:
0 8 < 0 0 > A c t u a t o r o f f"MAINTENANCE CODE 08, SUBCODE 00 DISPLAY"
(Return to previous page)
(Continued from previous page)
rotautcA retfayletaidemmisutatS
yrtne"FFO"
CC regrahC
FFO:FFO
BD repoleveD
CT noitpircsnarT
CD rotarapeS
LE noitacif irtceleD
10MP rotomssecorP
deppotS:FFO
10MH rotomesluprellortaeH
10MG rotomesluptinurepoleveD
10MB rotomnoitarbivelttobrenotetsaW
10MT rotomeslupdeef repaP
10MF 1rotomeslupdeef repaP
20MF 2rotomeslupdeef repaP
30MF 3rotomeslupdeef repaP
MTUC rotomrettuC deppotS:FFO
40LC hctulcrellornoitartsigeRdegagnesiD:FFO
60LC hctulcrellordeef launaM
10LB naf noitcuS deppotS:FFO
20LB naf retnecpotnoitaxiF detatoR:NO
30LB naf tinugnigrahC deppotS:FFO
60LB naf egdehtobpotnoitaxiF detatoR:NO
10LF )trapretnec(pmalnegolahnoitaxiFf f odenruT:FFO
20LF )trapegdehtob(pmalnegolahnoitaxiF
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 73/379
2-31
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(4) Operation for executing actuator operation
The following describes the operation for executing the actuator operation, taking an example of
subcode 01.
1 If the actuator to be operated is selected and entered, the "ON/OFF" parameter is
parenthesized.
2 If the "ON/OFF" parameter is selected and entered, the selected operation is executed. The
display returns to "maintenance code 08, subcode 01" and the "ON/OFF" status changes to
the specified one.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during selection of "ON/OFF" parameter, the "ON/OFF" is
not changed and the "maintenance code 08, subcode 01" display comes back.
Note: If the motor rotating direction is changed, select "OFF" once, and then
change the direction.
If "OFF" is selected for the pulse motor, it will stop after deceleration, but
during the deceleration, ON1 or ON2 is displayed.
0 8 - 0 1 C C< ON >
0 8 < 0 1 > C CO N
Setting changes from OFF to ON
0 8<01 > C CO F F
"MAINTENANCE CODE 08, SUBCODE 01DISPLAY"
(Continued from Page 2-29)(Return to Page 2-29)
Select and enter "ON/OFF"
parameter
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 74/379
2-32
2.3.9 Maintenance Code 09 "TEST" (Test)
(1) Function
Performs the test functions below:
ecnanetniaMedoc
edocbuS yalpsiD noitcnuF metirefeR
90
10 k cehCCC>10<90 yramirpehttsu jdaotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP
.tnerrucegrahc
)3(9.3.2
20 k cehCBD>20<90 repolevedehttsu jdaotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP
.saib
30 k cehCCT>30<90 ref snartehttsu jdaotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP
.tnerruc
40 k cehCCD>40<90 rotarapesehttsu jdaotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP
.saib
50 noH-DEL>50<90 pmalehtnonrutotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP
.daehDELehtni)4(9.3.2
60 k nilbH-DEL>60<90 nipmalehtk nilbotnoitarepoehtsmrof reP.daehDELeht
70 5PIN>70<90
2yb2(5nrettaptsetstnirpehtsmrof reP
pinnoitaxif ehttsu jdaot)nrettaplatnoziroh
.erusserp
)5(9.3.280 71PIN>80<90 dilos(71nrettaptsetstnirpehtsmrof reP
.erusserppinnoitaxif ehttsu jdaot)k calb
90 02PIN>90<90
2yb2(02nrettaptsetstnirpehtsmrof reP
pinnoitaxif ehttsu jdaot)nrettaplacitrev
.erusserp
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 75/379
2-33
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for selecting the test item
1 If maintenance code 09 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 09, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode using [ ] or [ ] key.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 09" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed to enter the selected item, the operation as shown in (3), (4), or
(5) on the following pages can be executed.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 09 DISPLAY"
0 9 < 0 1 > C C C h e c k
0 9 < 0 2 > DB C h e c k
0 9 < 0 8 > N I P 1 7
0 9 < 0 9 > N I P 2 0
(To page 2-36)
(To page 2-36)
(To next page)
(To next page)
< 0 9 > T E S T
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 76/379
2-34
(3) Operation for executing operation to adjust the current voltage
This following describes the operation to adjust the current voltage operation taking an example
of subcode 01.
1 Press the [ENTER] key to select and enter the item. The device enters the test mode to adjust
the selected item. During the test, the machine displays the message showing the execution of
adjustment.
2 After the adjustment, press the [CANCEL] key. The operation stops and the maintenance
code 09, subcode01 display comes back.
3 When the [CANCEL] key is not pressed for 3 minutes after the adjustment, the maintenance
code 09, subcode 01display comes back.
0 9 - 0 1 C C C h e c k( E x e c u t i o n )
0 9 - 0 1 C C C h e c k( S t o p )
Several seconds later
0 9 - 0 1 C C C h e c k( E n d )
When the key is not pressed for 3
minutes, the test run stops.
Under testing
0 9 < 0 1 > C C C h e c k
"MAINTENANCE CODE 09 SUBCODE
01 DISPLAY"
(Return to previous page)(Continued from previous page)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 77/379
2-35
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Note: Whether the LED head is lighting or blinking may not be identified
depending on the surrounding environment.
(4) Operation for executing turning on or blinking in the LED head
Subcodes 05 and 06 allow you to respectively turn on and blink the LED head.
The procedures with subcode 06 are shown below:
1 Press the [ENTER] key to select and enter, the LED head starts blinking and the message
informing the current status appears on the screen.
2 When 10 seconds passed or the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the LED head stops blinking and
the maintenance code 09, subcode 07 display comes back.
0 9 - 0 6 L E D - H b l i n k( E x e c u t i o n )
0 9 - 0 6 L E D - H b l i n k
( S t o p )
0 9 - 0 6 L E D - H b l i n k( E n d )
When the key is not pressed for 10
seconds, the LED head stops blinking.
LED head is
blinking.
0 9 < 0 6 > L E D - H b l i n k
"MAINTENANCE CODE 09 SUBCODE
06 DISPLAY"
(Return to page 2-33)(Continued from page 2-33)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 78/379
2-36
(5) Operation for executing the nip pressure adjustment print
Subcodes 07,08, and 09 allow you to print test patterns necessary to adjust the nip pressure of the
fixation. Subcode 07 outputs test pattern 5 (2 by 2 horizontal pattern) while Subcode 08 is
outputting test pattern 17(solid black). The procedures in case of SUBCODE 07 are shown
below:
1 Select the "Paper" parameter.
2 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed during the selection of paper, the maintenance 09,
subcode 10 display come back.
3 Select the paper and press the [ENTER] key, and printout starts.
4 After part of the paper comes out from the fixation, the machine stops unfeeding for about 10
seconds and then the paper is output completely.
5 When the printout is normally finished, the message informing the completion of process
appears and the maintenance 09, subcode 07 display comes back.
6 If an error occurs during the process, the error message appears.
0 9 - 0 7 N I P 5< S H >
0 9 - 0 7 N I P 5< R 1 >
0 9 - 0 7 N I P 5( P r i n t i n g )
Normal
termination
0 9 < 0 7 > N I P 5
"MAINTENANCE CODE 09 SUB CODE 07
DISPLAY"
(Return to page 2-33) (Continued from page 2-33)
0 9 - 0 7 N I P 5( P r i n t E n d )
Test pattern 7 is being
printed
Select and confirm the "Paper" parameter from the table shown below.
Display Description
<SH> Manual feed
<R1> Roll 1
<R2> Roll 2
<R3> Roll 3
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 79/379
2-37
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.3.10 Maintenance Code 10 "PRINT" (Print)
(1) Function
This code prints engine test patterns.
This code allows you to select and enter the test pattern connected to the subcode, determine the
parameters such as print length, and execute printout.
ecnanetniaMedoc
edocbuS yalpsiD )detnirpebotnrettaptset(noitcnuF
01
10 1tnirP>10<01 sepirtslacitrevk cihT:1nrettaP
20 2tnirP>20<01 :2nrettaP rek cehC
30 3tnirP>30<01 :3nrettaP sepirtslatnozirohk cihT
40 4tnirP>40<01 latnoziroh3yb1:4nrettaP
50 5tnirP>50<01 latnoziroh2yb2:5nrettaP
60 6tnirP>60<01 lacitrev41yb2:6nrettaP
70 7tnirP>70<01 hsemerauqstod-46,eniltod-1:7nrettaP
80 8tnirP>80<01 hsemtod-1:8nrettaP
90 9tnirP>90<01 hsemtod-2:9nrettaP
01 01tnirP>01<01 hsemtod-4:01nrettaP
11 11tnirP>11<01 tf ihstod-2,latnoziroh2yb2:11nrettaP
21 21tnirP>21<01 )etihw+k calb+hsemerauqs(:21nrettaP
31 31tnirP>31<01 )elacs+hsemerauqs(:31nrettaP
41 41tnirP>41<01 )eniltnalstod-1+hsemerauqs(:41nrettaP
51 51tnirP>51<01 )eniltnalstod-2+hsemerauqs(:51nrettaP
61 61tnirP>61<01 )eniltnalstod-2+eniltnalstod-1+hsemerauqs(:61nrettaP
71 71tnirP>71<01 k calbdiloS:71nrettaP
81 81tnirP>81<01 etihwdiloS:81nrettaP
91 91tnirP>91<01 lacitrev3yb1:91nrettaP
02 02tnirP>02<01 lacitrev2yb2:02nrettaP
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 80/379
2-38
(2) Operation for selecting the test pattern
1 If the maintenance code 10 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select
and Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 10, subcode 01 is displayed
initially.
2 Using the [ ] or [ ] key, select the desired subcode, or test pattern.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 10" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed, the desired test pattern is selected and entered, the test pattern
can be printed as described on the next page.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 10 DIAPLAY"
1 0 < 0 1 > P r i n t 1
1 0 < 1 9 > P r i n t 1 9
1 0 < 2 0 > P r i n t 2 0
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)1 0 < 0 2 > P r i n t 2
< 1 0 > P R I N T
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 81/379
2-39
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Normal
termination of print
During printing(Terminated
in midway)
Select "Paper" parameter
Select "Print Length"
parameter
Set "Print Count"
parameter
(3) Operation for executing the print
The following describes the operation for selecting a test pattern and then executing the print,
taking an example of subcode 14.
1 Select the "Paper" parameter, and press the [ ] key.
2 Select the "Print Length" parameter, and press the [ ] key.
3 Set the "Print Count" parameter.
4 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during parameter selection, the "maintenance code 10,
subcode 14" display comes back.
5 Press the [ENTER] key to enter the parameters, and the print will start.
6 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during printing of multiple sheets, the print terminates and
the initial screen comes back.
7 When the print terminated normally, the "Print End" message is displayed and the initial
screen comes back.
8 If an error occurs during printing, the error message is displayed.
1 0 < 1 4 > P r i n t 1 4
1 0 - 1 4 P r i n t 1 4
< R 1 N > 2 1 0 mm 1
1 0 - 1 4 P r i n t 1 4R 2 N < 1 6 8 2 mm > 1
1 0 - 1 4 P r i n t 1 4
R 2 N 1 6 8 2 mm < 2 >
1 0 - 1 4 P r i n t 1 4( P r i n t i n g )
1 0 - 1 4 P r i n t 1 4( P r i n t E n d )
(Return to previous page) (Continued from previous
page)
"MAINTENANCE CODE 10, SUBCODE 14 DISPLAY"
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 82/379
2-40
Select the "Paper" parameter from the table below.
Select the "Print Length" parameter from the table below.
Display Description
<SH > Manual feed
<R1N> Roll 1, normal paper
<R1T> Roll 1, tracing paper<R1F> Roll 1, film
<R2N> Roll 2, normal paper
<R2T> Roll 2, tracing paper
<R2F> Roll 2, film
<R3N> Roll 3, normal paper
<R3T> Roll 3, tracing paper
<R3F> Roll 3, film
yalpsiD noitpircseD
>mm012< mm012 )senil1694(
>mm792< mm792 )senil6107(
>mm024< mm024 )senil1299(
>mm495< mm495 )senil23041(
>mm148< mm148 )senil66891(
>mm9811< mm9811 )senil78082(
>mm2861< mm2861 148= × 2 )senil33793(
>mm8732< mm8732 9811= × 2 )senil47165(
>mm3252< mm3252 148= × 3 )senil99595(
>mm0003< mm0003 )senil76807(
>mm0004< mm0004 )senil98449(
>mm0005< mm0005 )senil111811(
>mm0006< mm0006 )senil337141(
>mm0007< mm0007 )senil653561(
>mm0008< mm0008 )senil879881(
>mm0009< mm0009 )senil006212(
>mm00001< mm00001 )senil222632(
>"5.8< hcni5.8 mm9.512= )senil0015(
>"9< hcni9 mm6.822= )senil0045(
>"11< hcni11 mm4.972= )senil0066(
>"21< hcni21 mm8.403= )senil0027(
>"71< hcni71 mm8.134= )senil00201(
>"81< hcni81 mm2.754= )senil00801(
>"22< hcni22 mm8.855= )senil00231(
>"42< hcni42 mm6.906= )senil00441(
>"03< hcni03 mm0.267= )senil00081(
>"43< hcni43 mm6.368= )senil00402(
>"63< hcni63 mm4.419= )senil00612(
>"24< hcni24 mm8.6601= )senil00252(
>"44< hcni44 mm6.7111= )senil00462(
>"84< hcni84 mm2.9121= )senil00882(
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 83/379
2-41
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Enter the "Print Sheets" parameter from the table below.
Display Description
< 1> Prints one test pattern.
< 2> Prints two test patterns continuously.
: :
<99> Prints 99 test patterns continuously.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 84/379
2-42
2.3.11 Maintenance Code 11 "REGULATE" (Adjustment)
(1) Function
Performs the following adjustments.
After the "Paper" parameter is selected and entered in each adjustment, NVRAM and RAM
values of the engine control parameter are displayed as shown below:
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s t< A - N 1 > 2 2 0 : 2 2 0
PAPER parameter
"Adjustment" parameter
Engine control parameter
of NVRAM value
Engine control
parameter of
NVRAM value
For the number and description of the engine control parameter to be changed, see Section
2.3.12 Maintenance Code 12 "PARAMETER" (Engine Control Parameter). For Save
method of parameter, see Section 2.3.12 (3) "Changing the parameter value in RAM." For
Save method of adjusted parameter, see Section "2.2.13 (3) Operation for saving the
parameter."
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function Refer to
11
01 11<01> Front Regist Executes printing for adjustment
of top edge registration. 2.3.11(3)
02 11<02> CenterRegist Executes printing for adjustment
of center registration. 2.3.11(4)
03 11<03> Print Length Executes printing for adjustment
of print length. 2.3.11(5)
04 11<04> Cut Length Executes printing for adjustment
of cut length. 2.3.11(3)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 85/379
2-43
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
"MAINTENANCE CODE 11 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
(2) Operation for selecting adjustment item
1 If maintenance code 11 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the adjustment function of the maintenance code 11,
subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select a subcode (adjustment function) using [ ] or [ ] key.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 11" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed to enter the select adjustment item, the print for adjustment can
be executed as shown on the following page.
(To page 2-47)
(To page 2-49)
(To next page)
1 1 < 0 1 > F r o n t R e g i s t
1 1 < 0 2 > C e n t e r R e g i s t
1 1 < 0 3 > P r i n t L e n g t h
1 1 < 0 4 > C u t L e n g t h
< 1 1 > R E G U L A T E
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 86/379
2-44
Normal termination ofprint.
During printing.
(Terminated
in midway)
Select and enter the
"Paper (Length, Type,
Width)" parameter
Select and enter the
"Adjust" parameter
I I I
(3) Operation for executing the print to adjust top register or cut length
The operating method of subcode 01 (top register adjustment) and subcode 04 (cut length
adjustment) is the same.
The following describes the operation for executing the print for adjustment, taking an example
of subcode 01 (top register adjustment).
1 Select "paper (length, type, width)" parameter, and press the [ ] key.
2 Set the "adjustment" parameter.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during parameter setting, the "maintenance code 11, subcode
01" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed during parameter setting, three-sheet (one-sheet in the case of
manual feed) print starts.
5 When the print terminated normally, the "Print End" message is displayed and the initial
screen comes back.
6 If an error occurs during printing, the error message is displayed.
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s t< A - N 1 > 2 2 0 : 2 2 0
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s tA - N 1 2 2 0 : < 2 2 0 >
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s tA - N 1 2 2 0 : < 2 2 1 >
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s t( P r i n t i n g )
1 1 - 0 1 F r o n t R e g i s t
( P r i n t E n d )
1 1 < 0 1 > F r o n t R e g i s t
"MAINTENANCE CODE 11 SUBCODE 01
DISPLAYED"
(Return to previous page)
(Continued of previous
page)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 87/379
2-45
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Select the "Paper (Length, Type, Width)" parameter from the table below:
Display Description
<X-N0> Prints three sheets of 2523 mm long (print X) A0 width paper roll and normal paper.
<X-N1> Prints three sheets of 2523 mm long (print X) A1 width paper roll and normal paper.
<X-N2> Prints three sheets of 2523 mm long (print X) A2 width paper roll and normal paper.
<X-N3> Prints three sheets of 2523 mm long (print X) A3 width paper roll and normal paper.
<X-T0> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A0-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<X-T1> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A1-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<X-T2> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A2-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<X-T3> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A3-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<X-F0> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A0-size-in-width roll film.
<X-F1> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A1-size-in-width roll film.
<X-F2> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A2-size-in-width roll film.
<X-F3> Prints three sheets of 2523-mm long (print X) A3-size-in-width roll film.
<A-N0> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A0-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<A-N1> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A1-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<A-N2> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A2-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<A-N3> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A3-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<A-T0> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A0-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<A-T1> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A1-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<A-T2> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A2-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<A-T3> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A3-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<A-F0> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A0-size-in-width roll film.
<A-F1> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A1-size-in-width roll film.
<A-F2> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A2-size-in-width roll film.
<A-F3> Prints three sheets of 841-mm long (print A) A3-size-in-width roll film.
<B-N0> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A0-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<B-N1> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A1-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<B-N2> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A2-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<B-N3> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A3-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<B-T0> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A0-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<B-T1> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A1-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<B-T2> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A2-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<B-T3> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A3-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<B-F0> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A0-size-in-width roll film.
<B-F1> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A1-size-in-width roll film.
<B-F2> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A2-size-in-width roll film.
<B-F3> Prints three sheets of 297-mm long (print B) A3-size-in-width roll film.
<C-N0> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A0-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<C-N1> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A1-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<C-N2> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A2-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<C-N3> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A3-size-in-width roll normal paper.
<C-T0> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A0-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<C-T1> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A1-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<C-T2> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A2-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<C-T3> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A3-size-in-width roll tracing paper.
<C-F0> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A0-size-in-width roll film.
<C-F1> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A1-size-in-width roll film.
<C-F2> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A2-size-in-width roll film.
<C-F3> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A3-size-in-width roll film.
<C-F1> Prints three sheets of 210-mm long (print C) A1-size-in-width roll film.
< SH > Manual feed
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 88/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 89/379
2-47
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Normal terminationof print.
During
printing.(Terminated
in midway)
Select and enter the
"Paper" parameter
Select and enter the
"Adjust" parameter
, , ,
(4) Operation for executing the print to center register adjustment
The operating method of subcode 02 (center register adjustment).
1 Select "Paper" parameter, and press the [ ] key.
2 Set the "adjustment" parameter.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during parameter setting, the "maintenance code 11, subcode
02" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed during parameter setting, three-sheet (one-sheet in the case of
manual feed) print starts.
5 When the print terminated normally, the "Print End" message is displayed and the initial
screen comes back.
6 If an error occurs during the process, the error message appears.
1 1 < 0 2 > C e n t e r R e g i s t "MAINTENANCE CODE 11 SUBCODE 02 DISPLAY"
(Return to page 2-43)
(Continued from page 2-43)
1 1 - 0 2 C e n t e r R e g i s t< R 1 > 5 0 : 5 0
1 1 - 0 2 C e n t e r R e g i s tR 1 5 0 : < 5 0 >
1 1 - 0 2 C e n t e r R e g i s tR 1 5 0 : < 4 9 >
1 1 - 0 2 C e n t e r R e g i s t( P r i n t i n g )
1 1 - 0 2 C e n t e r R e g i s t
( P r i n t E n d )
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 90/379
2-48
Select the PAPER parameter from the list shown below:
Print the pattern 13 (mesh + scale) sheet in normal 420 mm long (9921 lines) paper.
Hint: For description of the "Adjust" parameter, see Section 2.3.12 Engine
Control Parameter. For "Save method of parameter," see "Section 2.3.13
(3) Operation for saving the parameter."
Display Description
< R1 > Roll 1.
< R2 > Roll 2.< R3 > Roll 3.
< SH > Manual feed
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 91/379
2-49
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(5) Operation for executing the print to plotting length adjustment
The operating method of subcode 03 (plotting length adjustment).
1 Select "Paper" parameter, and press the [ ] key.
2 Set the "adjustment" parameter.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during parameter setting, the "maintenance code 11, subcode
03" display comes back.
4 If the [ENTER] key is pressed during parameter setting, three-sheet (one-sheet in the case of
manual feed) print starts.
5 When the print terminated normally, the "Print End" message is displayed and the initial
screen comes back.
6 If an error occurs during the process, the error message appears.
Normal termination
of print.
During
printing. (Terminated
in midway)
Select and enter the
"Paper" parameter
Select and enter the
"Adjust" parameter
I I I
1 1 < 0 3 > P r i n t L e n g t h"MAINTENANCE CODE 11 SUBCODE 03
DISPLAY"
(Return to page 2-43 )
(Continue of page 2-43)
1 1 - 0 3 P r i n t L e n g t h< R o - X > 1 9 2 3 : 1 9 2 3
1 1 - 0 3 P r i n t L e n g t hR o - X 1 9 2 3 : < 1 9 2 3 >
1 1 - 0 3 P r i n t L e n g t hR o - X 1 9 2 3 : < 1 9 2 4 >
1 1 - 0 3 P r i n t L e n g t h( P r i n t i n g )
1 1 - 0 3 P r i n t L e n g t h( P r i n t E n d )
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 92/379
2-50
Select and enter the “Paper” parameter from the table below:
The roll 1 paper feed takes precedence over all others, except for manual feed <SH>. That is:
When the paper is loaded to the roll 1 drawer, this drawer should be used.
When the paper is not loaded to the roll 1 drawer but the paper is loaded to the roll 2 drawer, the
roll 2 drawer should be used.
The normal paper is used and three sheets of test pattern 13 (mesh + scale) are printed.
Hint: For description of the "Adjust" parameter, see "Section 2.3.12 Engine
control parameter." For "Save method of parameter," see "Section 2.3.13
(3) Operation for saving the parameter."
yalpsiD noitpircseD
>C-TR< .)repapgnicart(repapllor)Ctnirp(gnolmm012
>C-FR< .)repapgnicart(repapllor)Ctnirp(gnolmm012
>X-oR< .repapllor)Xtnirp(gnolmm3252
>A-oR< .repapllor)Atnirp(gnolmm148
>B-oR< .repapllor)Btnirp(gnolmm792
>C-oR< .)repapnialp(repapllor)Ctnirp(gnolmm012
>HS< deef launaM
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 93/379
2-51
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
2.3.12 Maintenance Code 12 "PARAMETER" (Parameter)
(1) Function
This code changes RAM values of engine control parameters.
RAM and NVRAM values of the engine control parameter are displayed on second and first
lines, respectively.
Immediately after the device is turned on, the engine control parameter is copied from NVRAM
to RAM. Therefore, if the value saved in RAM has not been changed after powering on, the same
value appears on both first and second lines.
Numbers for the operable engine parameters are as follows:
101 to 154, 201 to 263, 301 to 363, 401 to 463, 701 to 763, and 801 to 863
Parameters with any other numbers are not operable.
Note that values for numbers 155 to 163, 501 to 563, are indefinite.
Note: Even when the specified parameter is operable, it must not be changed
unreasonably provided that it is not listed in the engine control parameter
lists described on next pages.
Hint: For "Save method of parameter," see "Section 2.3.13 (3) Operation for
saving parameter."
Maintenancecode
Subcode Display Function
12
101 12<101> 200
200Changes the RAM value of engine controlparameter 101.
102 12<102> 50
50Changes the RAM value of engine controlparameter 102.
: : :
86312<863> 0
0Changes the RAM value of engine controlparameter 863.
- 12<864> (If non operable number is specified, no value is
displayed.)
1 2 - 6 0 1 4 3 0< 4 3 0 >
Subcode
(engine control parameter number)
NVRAM value of engine
control parameter 601
RAM value of engine
control parameter 601
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 94/379
2-52
The print length of the paper roll determines the print category as table below. (The length of the
boundary may be changed.)
Print category Print length Typical length
Print X 28801 lines (approx. 1219 mm, approx. 48.002 inches)
or more 1682, 2378, 2523 mm etc.
Print A 9874 lines (approx. 418 mm, approx. 16.457 inches) to
59055 lines420, 594, 841, 1189, mm17, 18, 24, 36, 48 inches
Print B 6614 lines (approx. 280 mm, approx. 11.023 inches) to
9873 lines297 mm12 inches
Print C 4961 lines (approx. 210 mm, approx. 8.268 inches) to
6613 lines210 mm9, 11 inches
When incrementing the top edge registration adjustment value, the drawing on the paper is
shifted toward the direction opposite to the paper feed direction.
When incrementing the center registration adjustment value, the drawing on the paper is shifted
to the left.
When incrementing the plotting length adjustment value, the drawing on the paper is shortened
in the papear feed direction.
When incrementing the cut length adjustment value, the cut length of the paper roll is shortened.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 95/379
2-53
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Table 2-4 Engine Control Parameter List (1/4)
Engine control parameter PAPERparameter
Standardvalue
Input range Uni t of inputNo. Description
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
Top edge
registration
adjustment
value
Print X, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film, A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
X-N0
X-N1
X-N2
X-N3
X-T0
X-T1
X-T2
X-T3
X-F0
X-F1
X-F2
X-F3
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
430
Standard value:
± 100
(300-500)
To front To rear
1 msec
(equivalent to 0.8
mm)
Reference:
1 mm=12.5
4 mm=50
8 mm=100
613
614
615
616
617618
619
620
621
622
623
624
Print A, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper rolltracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film, A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
A-N0
A-N1
A-N2
A-N3
A-T0A-T1
A-T2
A-T3
A-F0
A-F1
A-F2
A-F3
430
430
430
430
430430
430
430
430
430
430
430
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632633
634
635
636
Print B, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper rollfilm, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film, A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
B-N0
B-N1
B-N2
B-N3
B-T0
B-T1
B-T2
B-T3B-F0
B-F1
B-F2
B-F3
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400400
400
400
400
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647648
Print C, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film, A2 width paper rollfilm, A3 width paper roll
C-N0
C-N1
C-N2
C-N3
C-T0
C-T1
C-T2
C-T3
C-F0
C-F1
C-F2C-F3
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400400
649 Manual feed paper SH 430
658 Waste toner bottle
(Set 1 when the large capacity waste toner bottle is installed.) - 0 0, 1
0: Strike bottle
1: Does not strike
bottle
659 Type of process cartridge - 2 0, 2
0: New type
(Type 2)
2: Old type
662 Process cartridge consumption over warning - 1 0, 1 1: Warns.
0: Does not warn.
663 Front clip amount - 71 0-255
1 line
Reference
3 mm=71
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 96/379
2-54
Table 2-4 Engine Control Parameter List (2/4)
Engine control parameter PAPERparameter
Standardvalue
Input range Unit of inputNo. Description
701
Center registration adjustment
value
Roll 1 R1 50
0-100
To light To left
8 dots
(equivalent to
0.338666 mm)
(equivalent to
0.01233
inches)
[Reference]
1 mm=2.95
702 Roll 2 R2 50
703 Roll 3 R3 50
704 Manual feed paper R4 50
708 Head A turn-on delay time Head A (right side) 160-65 8 µsec
709 Head C turn-on delay time Head C (left side) 16
710 Line memory write start bank 94 Fixed to 94
711Line memory
read start bank
Head A (right side) 90 87-93
712 Head B (center) 0 Fixed to 0
713 Head C (left side) 90 87-93
718
Plotting length accuracy
adjustment value
Paper roll (tracing paper),
print C RT-C 1895
719 Paper roll (film), print C RF-C 1895
720 Paper roll, print X Ro-X 1915
1910 to 1936
Increased Reduced 1 Hz
721 Paper roll, print A Ro-A 1915
722 Paper roll, print B Ro-B 1909
723 Paper roll (plain paper),
print C Ro-C 1985
724 Manual feed paper SH 1915
728 Time conversion value of line quantity [line/sec] 1915 1910-1936 1 line
731
Strobe width
Head A (right side) 29
15-39
0.0833 µsec
732 Head B (center) 29
733 Head C (left side) 29
734
Strobe width step
Head A (right side) 5
2-8735 Head B (center) 5
736 Head C (left side) 5
737
Strobe width step 2
(fine adjustment per drawing)
Head A (right side) 2
1-60.0833 µsec738 Head B (center) 2
739 Head C (left side) 2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 97/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 98/379
2-56
Table 2-4 Engine Control Parameter List (4/4)
Engine control parameter PAPERparameter
Standardvalue
Input range Unit of inputNo. Description
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
Cut length
adjustment
value
Print X, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film ,A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
X-N0
X-N1
X-N2
X-N3
X-T0
X-T1
X-T2
X-T3
X-F0
X-F1
X-F2
X-F3
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
Standard value
± 200
(100 to 500)
longer shorter
1 line
(equivalent to
0.042333 mm)
(equivalent to
0.001667
inches)
Reference:
1 mm=23.62
4.23 mm=100
8.47 mm=200
0.1667
inches=100
0.5 inches=300
1.0 inches=600
813
814
815
816
817818
819
820
821
822
823
824
Print A, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper rolltracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film ,A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
A-N0
A-N1
A-N2
A-N3
A-T0A-T1
A-T2
A-T3
A-F0
A-F1
A-F2
A-F3
300
300
300
300
300300
300
300
300
300
300
300
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832833
834
835
836
Print B, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper rollfilm, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film ,A2 width paper roll
film, A3 width paper roll
B-N0
B-N1
B-N2
B-N3
B-T0
B-T1
B-T2
B-T3B-F0
B-F1
B-F2
B-F3
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300300
300
300
300
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847848
Print C, normal paper, A0 width paper roll
normal paper, A1 width paper roll
normal paper, A2 width paper roll
normal paper, A3 width paper roll
tracing paper, A0 width paper roll
tracing paper, A1 width paper roll
tracing paper, A2 width paper roll
tracing paper, A3 width paper roll
film, A0 width paper roll
film, A1 width paper roll
film ,A2 width paper rollfilm, A3 width paper roll
C-N0
C-N1
C-N2
C-N3
C-T0
C-T1
C-T2
C-T3
C-F0
C-F1
C-F2C-F3
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300300
850
Rear edge margin for print X
(When the margin is ensured, the cut length of the paper
roll will be increased by that margin.)
- 0 0-4500
1 line
Reference
120 mm=2835
4.725 inches
861 How to stop the slitter cutter motor - 0 0, 1
0: Without
brake
1: With brake
862 Switching between the display in meter and feet - 0 0, 1
0: [m] Display
in meter
1: [ft] Display
in feet
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 99/379
2-57
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for selecting the parameter number
1 If maintenance code 12 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 12, subcode 601 is displayed initially.
2 Using the [ ] or [ ] key, select the desired subcode, or engine control parameter number.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 12" display comes back.
4 When the [ENTER] key is pressed to set and entered the parameter, the RAM value of the
specified engine control parameter can be changed.
5 If non operable parameter number is specified, the [ENTER] key is inactive.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 12 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
(To next page)
1 2 < 6 0 1 > 4 3 04 3 0
1 2 < 6 0 2 > 4 3 04 3 0
1 2 < 8 6 4 >
1 2 < 8 6 5 >
The ENTER
key is
inactive.
The ENTER
key is
inactive.
< 1 2 > P A R A M E T E R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 100/379
2-58
Change the RAM value (NVRAM value is not
changed)
(3) Operation for changing the parameter of the RAM value
Indicate the change operation engine control parameter of the RAM value.
In the example shown below, you should change the RAM value of parameter number 602 from
430 to 420.
1 After the desired parameter is set and entered, the RAM value on the second line is marked
with angle brackets.
2 Press the [ ] key to move the underscore to the left (digit).
3 Press the [ ] key to reduce "3" marked with the underscore to "2."
4 When the [ENTER] key is pressed (set and entered), the RAM value is changed and the
maintenance code12, subcode 602 display come back.
5 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the device returns to the home display without changing
the RAM value.
1 2 < 6 0 2 > 4 3 04 2 0
(Move the underscore to the
adjacent left digit)
(Continued from previous page)
(Reduce "3" to "2")
1 2 - 6 0 2 4 3 0< 4 3 0 >
1 2 - 6 0 2 4 3 0< 4 3 0 >
1 2 - 6 0 2 4 3 0< 4 2 0 >
1 2 < 6 0 2 > 4 3 04 3 0
"MAINTENANCE CODE 12 SUBCODE
602 DISPLAYED"
(Return to previous page )
For the save method of parameter used to make the NVRAM value identical to the RAM value,
see "Section 2.3.13 (3) Operation for saving the parameter."
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 101/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 102/379
2-60
(3) Operation for saving the parameter
This following describes operation to save the RAM value of an engine control parameter to
NVRAM after it is changed with maintenance code 11 or 12. The value saved to NVRAM will be
loaded to RAM when the device is turned on.
1 Select and enter subcode 01, the confirmation message appears to ask if you really want to
save the engine control parameter.
2 When the [ENTER] key is pressed in response to the message, the RAM value of the engine
control parameter is saved to NVRAM.
3 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the RAM value is not saved to NVRAM.
1 3 < 0 1 > R A M > N V R A MS a v e P a r a m e t e r
1 3 < 0 1 > R A M > N V R AM( S a v e O K ? )
1 3 < 0 1 > RA M > N V R A M( S a v e E n d )
"MAINTENANCE CODE 13 SUBCODE 01 DISPLAY"
(Return to previous page) (Continued from previous page)
The display appears
2 to 3 seconds after The RAM value is saved to NVRAM
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 103/379
2-61
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(4) Operation for initializing the NAVRAM
This following describes operation to reset the NVRAM value of the engine control parameter to
the default (ROM value).
1 Select and enter subcode 02, the confirmation message appears.
2 When the ENTER key is pressed in response to the message, the NVRAM value of the engine
control parameter is reset to the ROM value.
3 When the CANCEL key is pressed, the NVRAM value is not reset.
1 3 < 0 2 > ROM > N V R A M
P a r a m e t e r I n i t i a l i z e
1 3 - 0 2 R OM > N V R AM( I n i t i a l i z e O K ? )
1 3 < 0 2 > ROM > N V R A M
( I n i t i a l i z e E n d )
"MAINTENANCE CODE 13 SUBCODE 02
DISPLAY"
(Return to page 2-59) (Continued from page 2-58)
The display appears
2 to 3 seconds after The NVRAM value is reset to the default (ROM value)
Since defaults are optimal to each engine firmware version, some of them may differ from the
standard values shown on the engine control parameter lists.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 104/379
2-62
2.3.14 Maintenance Code 14 "USER PARAMETER" (User-defined engine parameter)
(1) Function
Change the user-defined engine parameters.
Changing the parameter value is only available in the engine maintenance mode. The change will
not affect the controller settings.
Even when the value has been changed, turning on the device resets the value to the default.
ecnanetniaMedoc
edocbuS yalpsiD noitcnuF
41
10 tisneD>10<41
3:LAMRON ytisnedtnirp"ehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD ."
20 evaSrewoP>20<41
0:FFO tesevasrewop"ehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD ."
30 tuCnepO.D>30<41
0:FFO tucneporood"ehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD ."
40 remiTtuC.E>40<410:FFO
remittucegdepot"ehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD ."
50 edomrepap-T>50<41
1:1EDOM edomrepapgnicart"ehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD ."
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 105/379
2-63
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
"MAINTENANCE CODE 14 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)
(2) Operation for selecting the user-defined engine parameter
1 If maintenance code 14 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 14, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select the user-defined engine parameter using [ ] or [ ] key.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 14" display comes back.
4 When the [ENTER] key is pressed to select and enter the parameter, you can change the
specified user defined engine parameter.
< 1 4 > U S E R P A R A M
1 4 < 0 1 > D e n s i t yN O R M A L : 3
1 4 < 0 2 > P o w e r S a v eO F F : 0
1 4 < 0 4 > E . C u t T i m e rO F F : 0
1 4 < 0 5 > T - p a p e r m o d e
M O D E 1 : 1
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 106/379
2-64
Change the print density to thick.
1 4 - 0 1 D e n s i t yT H I C K : 5
(Continued from previous page)
1 4 - 0 1 D e n s i t y< N O R M A L : 3 >
1 4 - 0 1 D e n s i t y< R A T H E R T H I C K : 4 >
1 4 - 0 1 D e n s i t y< T H I C K : 5 >
1 4 < 0 1 > D e n s i t yN O R MA L : 3
"MAINTENANCE CODE 14 DISPLAYED"
(Return to previous page)
(3) Operation for changing the user-defined engine parameter
This following describes operation to change the user-defined engine parameter.
In the example shown below, you should change "Density" from "Normal" to "Thick"
(subcode 01).
1 After the desired parameter is select and entered, the parameter value on the second line is
marked with angle brackets.
2 When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the parameter value is changed and the maintenance
code 14, subcode 01display comes back.
3 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the device returns to the home display without
changing the parameter.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 107/379
2-65
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Select user-defined engine control parameter values from the table below:
LEVEL1: The fixation temperature is decreased to 100°C. When the temperature reaches 100°C,
halogen lamps are operated (i.e. turn-on or turn-off).LEVEL2: The halogen lamp is completely turned off.
"Door Open Cut" setting Description
<OFF :0> 0: Off (The door open cut is not executed.) (Default)
< ON :1> 1: On (the door open cut is executed.)
"Print density" setting Description
< THIN :1> 1: Thin
< RATHER THIN :2> 2: Slightly thin
< NORMAL :3> 3: Normal (Default)
<RATHER THICK :4> 4: Slightly thick
< THICK :5> 5: Thick
"Top Edge Cut Timer" setting Description
< OFF :0> 0: Off (The edge cut is not executed.) (Default)
< 30min :1> 1: 30 minutes
< 60min :2> 2: 60 minutes (1 hour)
<120min :3> 3: 120 minutes (2 hours)
<240min :4> 4: 240 minutes (4 hours)
< 1min :5> 5: Approx. 1 minute
< 5min :6> 6: 5 minutes
< 10min :7> 7: 10 minutes
"Tracing paper Mode" setting Description
<MODE1 :1> 1: Mode 1 (Default)
<MODE2 :2> 2: Mode 2
gnittes"evaSrewoP" noitpircseD
>0:FFO< )tluaf eD(.edomevasrewopehtretnetonseoD:0
>1:1LEVEL-nim51< .setunim51retf aedomevasrewop1levelehtsretnE:1
>2:1LEVEL-nim03< .setunim03retf aedomevasrewop1levelehtsretnE:2
>3:1LEVEL-nim06< .setunim06retf aedomevasrewop1levelehtsretnE:3
4:1LEVEL-nim09< .setunim09retf aedomevasrewop1levelehtsretnE:4
>5:2LEVEL-nim51< .setunim51retf aedomevasrewop2levelehtsretnE:5
>6:2LEVEL-nim03< .setunim03retf aedomevasrewop2levelehtsretnE:6
7:2LEVEL-nim06< .setunim06retf aedomevasrewop2levelehtsretnE:7
>8:2LEVEL-nim09< .setunim09retf aedomevasrewop2levelehtsretnE:8
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 108/379
2-66
2.3.15 Maintenance Code 15 "ROLL WIDTH" (Paper roll print width)
(1) Function
Change the print width of roll paper.
Changing the parameter value is only available in the engine maintenance mode.
The change will not affect the controller settings.
Even when the value has been changed, turning on the device resets the value to the default.
ecnanetniaMedoc
edocbuS yalpsiD noitcnuF
51
10 lloR-0A>10<51
mm148
tnirpllorrepapehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD
0Aottnelaviuqeebotdegdu jsitahthtdiw
.htdiwrepap
20 lloR-1A>20<51
mm495
tnirpllorrepapehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD
1Aottnelaviuqeebotdegdu jsitahthtdiw.htdiwrepap
30 lloR-2A>30<51
mm024
tnirpllorrepapehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD
2Aottnelaviuqeebotdegdu jsitahthtdiw
.htdiwrepap
40 lloR-3A>40<51
mm792
tnirpllorrepapehtsegnahcdnasyalpsiD
3Aottnelaviuqeebotdegdu jsitahthtdiw
.htdiwrepap
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 109/379
2-67
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for selecting the paper roll print width
1 If maintenance code 15 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the maintenance code 15, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Select the roll width using [ ] or [ ] key.
3 Using the [ ] or [ ] key, select the user defin engine parameter.
4 When the [ENTER] key is pressed to select and enter the parameter, the print width can be
changed.
"MAINTENANCE CODE 11 DISPLAY"
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)
(To next page)
1 5 < 0 1 > A 0 - R o l l8 4 1 mm
1 5 < 0 2 > A 1 - R o l l5 9 4 mm
1 5 < 0 3 > A 2 - R o l l4 2 0 mm
1 5 < 0 4 > A 3 - R o l l2 9 7 mm
< 1 5 > RO L L W I D T H
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 110/379
2-68
(3) Operation for changing the paper roll print width
This following describes operation to change for print width of the paper roll.
In the example shown below, you should change the print width of the paper roll, which is judged
to be equivalent to subcode 01 and A0 paper width, from "841 mm" to "36 inch."
1 After the desired parameter is set and entered, the parameter value on the second line is marked
with angle brackets.
2 Press the [ ] or [ ] key until "36 inch" appears on the display.
3 When the [ENTER] key is pressed, the parameter value is changed and the maintenance
code15, subcode 01 display comes back.
4 When the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the device returns to the home display without changing
the parameter value.
Change the "841 mm" to "36 inch."
1 5 - 0 1 A 0 - R o l l3 6 ”
(Continued from previous page)
1 5 - 0 1 A 0 - R o l l< 8 4 1 mm >
1 5 - 0 1 A 0 - R o l l< 8 8 0 mm >
1 5 - 0 1 A 0 - R o l l< 3 6 ” >
1 5 < 0 1 > A 0 - R o l l8 4 1 mm
"MAINTENANCE CODE 15 SUBCODE
01 DISPLAY"
(Return to previous page)
, , ˙ ˙ ˙
Indicate the default.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 111/379
2-69
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
Select the print width of the paper roll from the table below:
A0 width equivalent paper roll Meaning of value
< 841mm> 841 mm: A0 width (default)
< 880mm> 880 mm
< 900mm> 900 mm
< 910mm> 910 mm
< 914mm> 914 mm
< 30 " > 30 inch = 762.0 mm
< 34 " > 34 inch = 863.6 mm
< 36 " > 36 inch = 914.4 mm
A1 width equivalent paper roll Meaning of value
< 594mm> 594 mm :A1 width (default)
< 610mm> 610 mm
< 620mm> 620 mm
< 700mm> 700 mm
< 707mm> 707 mm
< 22 " > 22 inch = 558.8 mm
< 24 " > 24 inch = 609.6 mm
A3 width equivalent paper roll Meaning of value
< 297mm> 297 mm :A3 width (default)
< 310mm> 310 mm
< 11 " > 11 inch = 279.4 mm
< 12 " > 12 inch = 304.8 mm
A3 width equivalent paper roll Meaning of value
< 297mm> 297 mm :A3 width (default)
< 310mm> 310 mm
< 11 " > 11 inch = 279.4 mm
< 12 " > 12 inch = 304.8 mm
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 112/379
2-70
Maintenance
code Subcode Display Function
16
01 16<01>[0002]
03-06(09:30) 120
Displays the latest process cartridge
information.
02 16<02>[0001]
03-05(18:32) 5400m
Displays the second latest process cartridge
information.
: : :
10 16<10>[ ]
Displays the tenth latest process cartridge
information. (If there is no information, the
error code is left blank.)
2.3.16 Maintenance Code 16 "PROCESS LOG" (Process Cartridge Consumption Log)
(1) Function
This code displays the information on up to ten latest process cartridges replaced in the past.
The process cartridge information is displayed as follows:
1 6 < 0 1 > [ 0 0 0 2 ]0 3 - 0 6 ( 0 9 : 3 0 ) 1 2 0 m
Final application date and time
Month/day, hour/minute
(March 6, 9H30M)
Process cartridge consumption
[Distance]
(120 m)
Process cartridge number
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 113/379
2-71
Chapter 2 Engine Maintenance Mode
(2) Operation for displaying the process cartridge consumption log
1 If maintenance code 16 is selected and entered by "Section 2.2.1 Operation for Select and
Enter the Maintenance Code," the process cartridge information of the maintenance code
16, subcode 01 is displayed initially.
2 Using the [ ] or [ ] key, select desired subcodes to display and check settings one after
another.
3 If the [CANCEL] key is pressed, the "maintenance code 16" display comes back.
"MAINTENANCE CODE16 DISPLAY"
1 6 < 0 1 > [ 0 0 0 2 ]0 3 - 0 6 ( 0 9 : 3 0 ) 1 2 0 m
1 6 < 0 2 > [ 0 0 0 1 ]0 3 - 0 5 ( 1 8 : 3 2 ) 5 4 0 0 m
1 6 < 0 9 > [ ]
1 6 < 1 0 > [ ]
< 1 6 > P RO C E S S L OG
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 114/379
2-72
2.4 Message
The table below lists the messages displayed on the second line of the LCD during operations on
the device such as printing, and their meanings.
Message Description
( Set date&time! ) NVRAM is not initialized. (The time is also not set.)
The initialized pattern is rewritten.
( SW4 DIPSW-1:ON ) Bit 1 of the 8-bit DIP switch (SW5) is set to the ON position.
Message Description
( Warming up 12345 ) The machine is warming up.
The figure is a countdown time.
( Printing ) During printing
( Print End ) The printout is normally terminated.
( Print Stop ) The machine is executing the print stop process.
( Execution ) The machine is executing the operation.
( End ) The operation is completed.
( Stop ) The machine is executing the operation stop process.
( Door Open ) The door is opened.
( Door8 Open ) Door 8 (manual paper feed holder) is opened. (When manual
feed is not used, door 8 must be closed.)
( Toner Empty ) The toner is run out.
( TonerDoor Open ) The toner inner door is opened.
( WT-Bottle Full ) The waste toner bottle is filled.
( WT-Bottle Off ) The waste toner bottle is not mounted.
( Process Off ) The process cartridge is not mounted.
( Paper End ) The paper is run out.
( Paper JAM [3400] ) Paper jam occurred,
(The figure in the brackets is error code. )
( ERROR [2038] ) Unrecoverable error occurred.
(The figure in the brackets is error code.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 115/379
3-1
Chapter 3 Maintenance Person Mode
Chapter 3 Maintenance Person Mode
This device supports the maintenance person mode that cannot be defined by users. Chapter 3
describes functions and operations of those menus specific to maintenance people. To access and
use this mode, you must enter the password.
3.1 Enter to Maintenance Person Mode
1 Press the key to activate the offline mode.
2 Press the keys in the following order.
3 Enter the password by pressing the keys in the following order.
The above operating sequence is the same as user-defined menus. When the setup is completed
and the key is pressed to return to the data prompt display, the maintenance person mode is
automatically quitted.
P R I N T R E A D Y
M E N U# S E T U P
P A S SW O R DI N P U T MO D E
I N P U T O KL E V E L 0 0 3
M E N U# S E T U P
Data wait display
Setup display
The display appears as shown right
and the display enters the
maintenance person mode.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 116/379
3-2
3.2 Functions of Maintenance Person Mode Menus
Maintenance person's special menu supports 16 options as shown below. (1) - (3) are the menu
options in the function menus, (4) - (14) are that of the system menus, and (15) and (16) are thatof the device menu.
HINT: The parameter marked with underscore (_) is a factory default.
(1) HDD FORMAT (FUNCTION)
Function: Performs the formats of internal hard disk.
(2) NVRAM FORMAT (FUNCTION)
Function: Performs the formats of NVRAM.
(3) VERSION UPGRADE (FUNCTION)
Function: Performs version upgrading of the system firmware using the maintenance CF
card.
(4) FACTORY SET (SYSTEM)
Function: Initializes the parameter of user defined item. However, the device serial num-
ber is not initialized.
(5) SERIAL NO (SYSTEM)
Function: Enter the serial number of the plotter.
Parameter: 00000 to 65535 (decimal number)
(6) CUSTOM (POINT PLOT) (SYSTEM - SYSTEM CUSTOM)
Function: This parameter determines whether "POINT PLOT" will be displayed with the
HPGL format parameter.
Parameter: OFF: Not display
ON: Display
Supplementary explanation:
Selecting "ON" for this setting allows modifying setting of the following pa-
rameters with HPGL format parameters.
Designation: POINT PLOT
ON: A single point is plotted. (Default)
OFF: A single point is not plotted.
(7) SNMP TRAP NUM. (SYSTEM - COMM.- PARAM. - ETHRNET - DETAIL ITEM)
Function: Specifies the number of SNMP TRAP tables. The TRAP table refers to the
table accessed from "TRAPnn Manager" to "TRAPnn: PORT."
Parameter: 1 to 20 (Default: 2)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 117/379
3-3
Chapter 3 Maintenance Person Mode
(8) ALTERNATIVE INTERFACE (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - USB)
Function: This parameter enables or disables the alternative setup for the USB interface.
The default setting is OFF. This parameter is used together with SIIT's PC
driver. When the user does not want to use SIIT's driver and desires to establish
IEEE1284-compatible communications controlled under the printer device
class, which is defined according to the USB interface, you should select AL-
TERNATIVE INTERFACE.
Parameter : OFF : Invalid
ON : Valid
(9) TIMING MODE (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies the parallel interface communication conditions (signal timing).
Setting: NORMAL
FASTSLOW
MANUAL (Displayed the maintenance person defined level mode.)
(10) ACK ON TIME (30 ns) (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies ACKNOWLEDGE on time.
Parameter: 1 to 127 (Default: 80)
(11) ACK PULSE (30 ns) (SYSTEM - COM PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies ACKNOWLEDGE pulse width.
Setting: 1 to 127 (Default: 80)
(12) BUSY OFF TIMING (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies BUSY signal off timing.
Parameter: ACK FALL EDGE
ACK RISE EDGE
(13) SELECT SIGNAL (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies whether the SELECT signal is turned on or off.
Parameter: ON: Always turned on (active).
OFF/ON: The setting varies depending on whether the device is in online
or offline state.
(14) AF SIGNAL DIR. (SYSTEM - COMM. PARAMETER - PARALLEL)
Function: Specifies AF (auto feed) signal direction.
Parameter: INPUT: The AF signal is handled as input.
OUTPUT: The AF signal is handled as output.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 118/379
3-4
(15) Special setting 2 (Device)
Function Used from the Web when adjusting the scanner.
Parameters 00 - FF Default value: 00
(16) Special setting 3 (Device)
Function Selects whether an error of H/W on MRC2 board (PES under run error) is to
detected or not.
(This parameter should normally be set to OFF)
Parameter OFF: Does not detect the error
ON: Detects the error
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 119/379
3-5
Chapter 3 Maintenance Person Mode
3.3 How to turn on the maintenance person mode on Web
<Procedure>
1 See the "remote control startup procedure" in the User's Guide and display the plotter's webscreen.
2 Enter password CSCCSUDR (8 upper case characters in half-size) to the password input area
of the menu on the left side of the page and then click [Login].
3.4 Maintenance Person's Special Web Functions
If a trouble occurred at a user, using the "Maintenance Information Acquisition" function allows
collecting the information necessary to locate the cause of a controller error.
<Procedure>
1 Log in the maintenance person mode of the Web
2 Click "Maintenance" on the left side of the page to display the maintenance page.
3 Click "3. Maintenance Information" on the "Maintenance " page to display the "Special
maintenance" page.
4 Click [Upload] to save the information file to PC.
5 Return to the "Maintenance" page and click "5. All Ports and PDL Parameters Import/Export"
to display the "Ports & PDL Import/Export" page for All ports and All PDL setting.
6 Click [Export] to save the setup file to PC.
7 When above operations were implemented from a user's PC, finally enter "logout" in the
password field of the menu and click [Login]. Make sure the display above the password field
is changed to Level: "user".
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 120/379
4-1
Chapter 4 Regular Inspection
Chapter 4 Regular Inspection
This chapter describes regular inspection and maintenance.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 121/379
4-2
4.1 Regular Inspection Operation Items and Procedure
The regular inspection must be executed every 12 months, as a rule. On the other hand, 6 month
interval is recommended for the preventive maintenance that is necessary to maintain theacceptable image quality. Table 4-1 below lists regular inspection items and procedures.
Note: Before replacing a part, be sure to contact the user and obtain his/her
approval.
Table 4-1 Regular Inspection Item List
(1 / 2)
No. Item Operation Cleaning Replacement* Refer to
1 Operation check of single plotter Execute "MENU PRINT" in the function menuto check
—— —— User'smanual
2 Check the plotting specifications
and image quality
Enter the engine maintenance mode and output
engine test patterns to check and evaluate the
specifications and quality.
(Test pattern) No.15
(Paper feed position) Upper and lower ports
(Paper size) All sizes
(Number of outputs) 1 sheet, each
—— —— 2.2.10
3 Inspection of gas spring
When the spring has reached the end of service
life (the replacement timing is indicated on the
warning label (see page v)), replace the part.
—— —— 8.2.35
4 Cleaning of SLA Clean the SLA (LED head lens) with a cotton
cloth. 5 km —— ——
5 Cleaning of roller (1) and rollers on
both sides of head
Dampen a rag with water and wring itsufficiently, and wipe the toner off on each roller
surface.
5 km 150 km ——
6 Cleaning of charge wires (2) and
(3).
Use cotton seagull soused in ethanol (ethyl
alcohol) for the cleaning. 5 km
20 km
(Wire) ——
7 Cleaning of DEV seat Wipe the toner off the DEV seat with a dry cotton
cloth. 5 km —— ——
8 Cleaning of bottom fore-
transcription guide
Dampen a rag with water and wring it
sufficiently, and wipe the toner off on the bottom
fore-transcription guide.
5 km —— ——
9
Cleaning of pinch and registration
rollers, cutaway rollers, pinch roller
ASSY.
If the parts are heavily soiled, dampen a rag with
water and wring it sufficiently, and wipe the
toner and paper chips off on each roller surface.
After the cleaning, dry the parts completely.
10 km —— ——
10 Check of replacement timing of
developer unit
When the developer unit has reached the end of
service life, replace the part. —— 100 km ——
11 Cleaning of DV spacer
When the spacer is heavily soiled, wipe it with a
dry cloth while turning the roller.5 km 100 km ——
Note: Do not touch the magnet roller with bare
hands.
12 Cleaning the seats of magnet rolls
R and L
When the toner has been spilled out, wipe off the
toner. 5 km 100 km ——
13 Cleaning of DEVT cover When the cover is heavily soiled, clean the inside
wall with a vacuum cleaner. 5 km —— ——
14 Cleaning of paper feed, remaining,
and rewind rollers
When the rollers are heavily soiled, dampen a rag
with water and wring it sufficiently, and wipe
each roller surface. After the cleaning, dry the
parts completely.
Execute the cleaning for both upper and lower
stages of the paper feed unit.
10 km —— ——
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 122/379
4-3
Chapter 4 Regular Inspection
* Figures in this column are only criteria. The replacement timing depends on the actual operating
environment and cleaning intervals. You can see cleaning and replacement intervals, using
maintenance code 02 and 03 in the engine criteria maintenance mode (see Sections 2.3.2 and2.3.3).
** Before restarting the device after the completion of necessary inspections, clean the interior of the
machine.
Table 4-1 Regular Inspection Item List
(2 / 2)
No. Item Operation Cleaning Replacement* Refer to
15 Cleaning of slitter cutterOpen the rear cover and remove paper chips.
10 km —— ——Note: Be careful that you will not be injured by
the cutter blade.
16 Cleaning of out fuser separation
finger
When the ends of the separation finger are
heavily soiled by the toner, wipe it off with a rag. 10 km 100 km ——
17 Inspection of fuser thermistors
(TH01, TH02, TH04)
When the parts have reached the end of service
life, replace them.5 km 100 km ——
Note: Pay attention not to bend the leaf spring
fixed.
18 Cleaning of heat and backup
rollers
Dampen a cotton cloth with heat roller cleaner
and wipe each roller surface.5 km 100 km ——
Note: Wipe the cleaned surfaces with a dry
cloth.
19 Check of belt (TRANS)Check the mount condition.
5 km 100 km ——Note: Pay attention not to break the arm of
PS06 for the belt
20 Confirmation of user's operating
environment
Check whether the user has used the device under
the specified operating conditions, including
temperature and humidity.
—— —— ——
21 Confirmation of consumable
parts
Check whether the user is using the consumable
parts specified by Seiko I Infotech. —— —— ——
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 123/379
5-1
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
This chapter describes troubleshooting where an error occurred in the controller. If a trouble
occurs on the device, the error lamp is turned on. (In case of warning, the lamp is not lit.) In
addition, an error message appears on the LCD. When the error message is displayed, find the
cause and place and remove the trouble. If the error message is not displayed, judge the place
based on the symptom and remove the trouble. Classified errors and codes supported errors are
identified by 4-digit hexadecimal numbers (example: E E56E-01FF).
5.1 Type of Error Messages
Error messages are classified into four categories as shown below according to the type of
trouble.
(1) Operator call error
This error message shows troubles that the operator can handle: for example, replacement of
consumables. Operator call errors are further classified into errors that the operator can handle
and those that our Service Center must handle.
(2) Operator report warning
This error message is the warning information addressed to the operator: for example,
replacement of consumables is oncoming.
(3) Warning
This error message shows incomplete system environment or setup: for example, communication
error or faulty data.
(4) Service call error
This error message shows troubles that are attributable to defective parts, faulty media, or
program error, and must be handled by our Service Center.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 124/379
5-2
5.2 Troubleshooting Against Operator Call Error
"Operator call errors" can be handled by the operator. When this type of error occurs, you should
request the user to troubleshoot the machine based on the error message displayed. If the samesymptom recurs frequently, you should remove the trouble according to the instructions
described in "Chapter 6 Maintenance Person."
(For detailed descriptions on troubles relating to door open / close and consumables, see the
user's guide.)
Description: The roll 1 drawer is opened.
Measure: Close the roll 1 drawer.
Description: The roll 2 drawer is opened. (For 2- or 3-tray model)
Measure: Close the roll 2 drawer.
Description: The roll 3 drawer is opened (For 3-tray model).
Measure: Close the roll 3 drawer.
Description: The paper is jammed in the machine.
Measure: Troubleshoot the machine according to the guidance displayed.
Description: The machine detects the damaged setup area checksum after powering on.
Measure: Press key to display the default setting selection screen.
Using , and , select and execute the type of the default setting.
Description: This error message may appear if the serial number at powering on is not specified.
Measure: Specify the serial number of the device. (see Section 5.10 Serial Number Not Set.)
C L O S E D O O R 1
O P E N D O O R X , XR E MO V E P A P E R
C L O S E D O O R 2
C L O S E D O O R 3
O P E N D O OR XR E MO V E P A P E R
One door is displayed Two or more doors are displayed
E S E T T H E S / N
S E T U P I S W R O N G# I N I T I A L S E T
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 125/379
5-3
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
5.3 Operator Notice Warning
Description: The saved job has been damaged, and thus the spool area is initialized (When
HDD is installed).
Measure: After 3 seconds, the message changes to "WAIT A MOMENT" and then the
device starts.
Description: The data is received in the format not supported by the device, and thus the datawas ignored.
Measure: Use the data received in the format supported by this device.
Description: The spool area on the HDD has been damaged, and thus the memory spool area
is used (When HDD is installed).
Measure: Replace the HDD
Description: The nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) on the PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (MRC2 Board)
is damaged. Usual printing is executable while some functions do not work
correctly. Currently, only the accounting information printout function in the
function menu is affected by this error.
Measure: Execute NVRAM format in the function menu. If the error is not removed,
replace the MRC2 board.
Description: This message appears if there is an unprocessed job (jobs standing by for pro-
cessing) at powering on.
Measure: Select whether the job is deleted or not by pressing the key or key.
The operation goes in time out in about 10 seconds unless the key is pressed,
and the device starts with the job save.
W S P OO L I N I T I A L I Z E DJ O B WA S D E L E T E D
W J OB WA S D E L E T E D
D E L E T E J O B ?Y = E N T E R N = C A N C E L
W S P O O L E R R O R
W N V R AM E R RO R
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 126/379
5-4
Table 5-1 If a Job has been Left at Powering on
Description: This message appears if the nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) on the PCB-
ASSY-MRC2 (MRC2 board) is not initialized.
Measure: The display of this warning message remains until the key is pressed.
After the key was pressed, the NVRAM is initialized automatically and
the display changes to the language setting specifically for the installing opera-
tion.
Job status Display Transaction
Standing for
processing
DELETE JOB? Job is deleted by designation.
Processing — Job is automatically moved to "already
processed" job.
Processed — Jobs are automatically deleted from the
oldest job in order.
W U N - I N I T . N V R AM
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 127/379
5-5
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
(2) Mail interface
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-3 Mail Warning List
5.4 Warning
5.4.1 Communication Error
A communication error message appears if any communication error occurs between the
computer and the device.
This type of error can be handled by the system administrator of the user.
Note: A communication error appears on the LCD, but it disappears when the next
operation is performed. Consequently, you may not find the that error
occurred. In such a case, retransmit the data to check if the communication
error is displayed on the LCD.
(1) Ethernet interface
nnn: Error code
Table 5-2 Ethernet Warning List
W I N T E R F A C E - L N n n n n
W I N T E R F A C E - M L n n n n
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
1010 rebmuntropTPXf onoitacilpuD .sgnittesenihcamtcerroC
2120 yromemlanretnif ok caLybrorresihtmorf derevocertonsiecivedehtf I
gniwollof ehtek at,nodnaf f orewopehtgninrut
:serusaem
snoitacif icepsehtsehctamlocotorpehtf ik cehC
ro,retupmocf o
ro,elbacnoitcennocehtecalpeR
ehtmorf noitidnocnoitacinummocehtk cehC
)ref f inS:rotinomdednemmoceR(.rotinomenilno
F220ot0220 evitcef edsitsohehtmorf tnesatadlocotorP
F520ot0520 aelihwylbicrof noitacinummocehtstcennocsidtsoH
dehsilbatsesinoitcennoc
F620ot0620 noitacinummocelihwnoitacinummocdeliaf ecivedehT
derref snartsiatadtuoemit
FFF4ot0001 rorremetsysnoitcennocnoitacinummoC
FFF7ot0005 rorrelanretnimetsysnoitacinummoC
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
FF11ot0011 .deif icepstonsisserddarevresPTMS .sserddarevresPTMSehtyf icepS
FF21ot0021 .dnuof tonsirevresPTMS
gnittessserddastirof revresTPMSehtk cehC ,gnittes,sutatsstirof tsohrevresTPMSehtdna
.noitcennocdna
FFA1ot0031 revresTPMSro,locotorpderongirevresTPMS.dnopsertonseod
FFB1ot00B1 gnitanimretehtderongirevresTPMS
.gnissecorp
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 128/379
5-6
(3) USB interface
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-4 USB Warning List
W I N T E R F A C E - U S n n n n
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
FF40ot0030 yromemlanretnif ok caL ybrorresihtmorf derevocertonsiecivedehtf I
gniwollof ehtek at,nodnaf f orewopehtgninrut
:serusaem
snoitacif icepsehtsehctamlocotorpehtf ik cehC
ro,retupmocf o
ro,elbacnoitcennocehtecalpeR
ehtmorf noitidnocnoitacinummocehtk cehC
.rotinomenilno
FF42ot0012 evitcef edsitsohehtmorf tnesatadlocotorP
FF10ot0010 noitacinummocelihwnoitacinummocdeliaf ecivedehT
derref snartsiatadtuoemit
FFF1ot0001 rorremetsysnoitcennocnoitacinummoC
FFF2ot0002 rorrelanretnimetsysnoitacinummoC
5.4.2 PDL Warning
A communication error message appears if any communication error occurs between the
computer and the device. When a PLD error occurs, you can return the LP-1010 to the normal
operation from the screen shown below.
Note: The PDL warning appears on the LCD, but it disappears when the next
operation is performed. Consequently, you may not recognize the that error
occurred. It is recommended that the "ERROR MEMO" of "DRAWING
PARAM." in the setup menu be turned on, so that the error message is
printed on the drawing.
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-5 PDL Warning List(1 / 2)
W D A T A n n n n
Errorcode
Printed error memo title Description Measure
0201 W COMMAND ERROR HP-GL or HP-GL/2 command not
supported was received.
Correct erroneous part at the
computer side.
0202 W # OF PARAM. ERROR The number of parameters of HP-GL
or HP-GL/2 command is wrong.
0203 W PARAM._RANGE_ERR
The plotting instruction that exceeds
the range supported by HP-GL or HP-
GL/2 command, or the plotting
instruction that uses illegal characterswas received.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 129/379
5-7
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
Table 5-5 PDL Warning List
(2 / 2)
rorrEedoc
eltitomemrorredetnirP noitpircseD erusaeM
5020 DNAMMOCDENIFEDNUW
roLG-PHf onoitcurtsnitesretcarahC
detroppustondnammoc2 / LG-PH.deviecersaw
ehttatrapsuoenorretcerroC
.edisretupmoc
7020 RRE_RFFB_NOGYLOPW rorrewolf revoref f ubnogyloP
.derrucco
ehttatrapsuoenorretcerroC
ref f ubnogyloP(.edisretupmoc
)stniop006601:timilreppu
8020 )omemrorreoN(—
onsierehtesuaceb,derongisiataD
-PHnistsixeatadgnittolpevitcef f e
.dnammocLG
f iedisretupmocehtk cehC
siatadgnittolpevitcef f e
.derref snart
9020 WOLFREVO_.RAHCW
rof yromemniaeraytpmeonsierehT
LG-PHf osretcarahcderetsigerresu
.)dnammocCU / LD(
ehtecuderotsaostcerroC
ybatadrosnoitartsigerf orebmun
.retcarahceno
0030 WOLFREVONRETTAPW
nrettapynamooteraerehT
ehtdnagniwardenonisnoitartsiger.swolf revoyromemnrettap
nisnoitartsigernrettapehtecudeR
.gniwardeno
1030 WOLFREVOHCTAHW
hctahynamooteraerehT
ehtdnagniwardenonisnoitartsiger
.swolf revoyromemnrettap
nisnoitartsigerhctahehtecudeR
.gniwardeno
3030 WOLFREVO_.RAHCW rof yromemniaeraytpmeonsierehT
.LG-PHf osretcarahcderetsigerresu
ehtecuderotsaostcerroC
ybatadrosnoitartsigerf orebmun
.retcarahceno
5030 WOLFREVOLOOPSW .swolf revoyromemloopsehT
yf icepsro,DDHlanoitpollatsnI
ehtf iFFO=GNIRETNECeht
ehthtiwdesusiecived
.NO=GNIRETNEC
6030 WOLFREVONOGYLOPW rorrewolf revoref f ubnogyloP
.derrucco
ehttatrapsuoenorretcerroCref f ubnogyloP(.edisretupmoc
)stniop006601:timilreppu
ot7030
3130
ot703RRELDPW
313RRELDPW gninrawmargorP
ehtdnaelbicudorpersirorreehtf I
tsumerawtf oseht,roopsitlusertnirp
.noisrevtsetalehtotdedargpueb
4130 DERONGIATADW onsierehtesuaceb,derongisiataD
.atadgnittolpevitcef f e
evitcef f ef iedisretupmocehtk cehC
.derref snartsiatadgnittolp
0040 RRE_EDOCED_RETSARW retsardesserpmocehtf otamrof ehT
.suoenorresiatad
ehtf iedisretupmocehtk cehC
retsardesserpmocehtf otamrof
.tcerrocsiatad
1040 RRE_TAMROF_RETSARW ezisehtf oatadretsaronsierehT
.atadehtybdeif iceps
siatadf iedisretupmocehtk cehC
.tcerroc
ot0050
5050 )omemrorreoN(— gninrawmargorP
ehtdnaelbicudorpersirorreehtf I
tsumerawtf oseht,roopsitlusertnirp
.noisrevtsetalehtotdedargpueb
0060 RORRETAMROFW
ecivedeht,rO.suoenorresiatadFFIT
f onoissimonaoteudgnittolpdeliaf
.gatlaitnesseehttatrapsuoenorretcerroC
.edisretupmoc1060 RORRE.MARAPFO#W FFITf osretemarapf orebmunehT
.gnorwsigatatad
2060 RRE_EGNAR_.MARAPW gatatadFFITf oeulavretemarapehT
.egnardetroppusehtsdeecxe
3060 )omemrorreoN(—
onsierehtesuaceb,derongisiataD
.atadFFITniatadgnittolpevitcef f e
evitcef f ef iedisretupmocehtk cehC
.derref snartsiatadgnittolp
0070 )omemrorreoN(—
T gnittolpdeliaf ecivedeh naoteud
ehtnidrocerlaitnessef onoissimo
.tamrof SLAC
ehttatrapsuoenorretcerroC
.edisretupmoc
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 130/379
5-8
5.4.3 Engine Warning
This error occurs when image data is transferred from the controller to the engine.
When this error occurs, the image data has not been transferred to the engine correctly and,
therefore, the faulty data may be printed on the paper. Return the device to the normal operation
from the following job.
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-6 Engine Control Warning List
W E 5 6 E - n n n n
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
F009ot1009 rorrepihcerawdraH
)yarraetagf ororreref snartrettolp( ,devomertonsirorreehtf I.atadytluaf ehttnirpeR
tsetalehtoterawmrif ehtedargpurotrapaecalper,tnemecalperf oesacnI.ylgnidroccanoisrev
.MARDrodraobPIRehtegnahc
F109ot1109 rorrepihcerawdraH
)yarraetagf ororreref snartrennacs(
FF09ot1209 )eruliaf noitarepoyarraetag(rorrepihcerawdraH
5.4.4 Main Warning
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-7 List of Main Warnings
W F 0 6 D - n n n n
Error code Description Measure
0801 Spool file error
This error often results from abnormal power-off.
If the error does not recur as power is turned on
again, there is no problem. If the error still
recurred as power is turned on again, confirm
with the user in what situation did the error
happened. Then replace the relevant parts or
upgrade F/W to the latest version. Target part isRIP board (or, DRAM or HDD).
0838 Judgment of PDL is not available from the data
If the error occurs on a specific set of data, a
problem on the data should be suspected. If the
error occurred on a set of data with which there
has been no trouble so far in its output, confirm
with the user in what situation the error resulted.
Then replace the relevant parts or upgrade F/W to
the latest version. Target part is RIP board (or,
DRAM or HDD).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 131/379
5-9
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
5.5 Service Call Error
Service call errors are handled by our Service Center.
Hint: When a service call error occurs, you should request the user to turn off the
device once and turn it on again to check whether the error is reproduced.
Restarting the machine may reset the error.
5.5.1 Engine Error
This error message may appear if the engine of the device is faulty.
nnnn: Error codeDescription: This error message may appear if the engine of the device is faulty.
Measure: To correct error, see Chapter 6 "Troubleshooting (Engine Error)."
5.5.2 System Error
This error message may appear if an unrecoverable and exceptional system error occurs in the
controller of the device.
Description: An unexpected hardware or program error occurs.
Measure: Hear from the user about the situation when the error occurred.
Upgrade the firmware to the latest version.
Check the hardware for connection.
Replace a part. In case of replacement, change the hard disk drive, DRAM, or
MRC2 board.
5.5.3 Controller Error
This error message may appear if an unrecoverable fatal error occurs in the module provided on
the controller of the device.
(1) Error in PDL module
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-8 PDL Module Error List
E E N G I N E n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
E F F F F - F F F FP OWE R O F F / O N
E F 0 6 4 - n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
Error code Description Measure
0380 to 039F
Program error
If the device is not reset by turning it off once andturning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when the error occurred, and replace a
part or upgrade the firmware to the latest version
accordingly. In case of replacement, change the
MRC2 board or DRAM.0A80 to 0A90
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 132/379
5-10
(4) Error in Main module
nnnn: Error code
(3) Error in Operation module
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-10 Operation Module Error List
(2) Error in Engine Control module
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-9 Engine Control Module Error List
E E 5 6 E - n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
E E F 7 0 - n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
1010 )rorreezinorhcnystoobk sat(rorremargorPdnaecnof f otigninrutybtesertonsiecivedehtf I
ehttuobaresuehtmorf raeh,niaganotigninrut
aecalperdna,derruccororreehtnehwnoitautis
noisrevtsetalehtoterawmrif ehtedargpurotrapehtegnahc,tnemecalperf oesacnI.ylgnidrocca
.MARDrodraob2CRMFFF1ot0001 rorremargorP
Error code Description Measure
0111 to 01FF Program error (task boot error)
If the device is not reset by turning it off once and
turning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when the error occurred, and replace a
part or upgrade the firmware to the latest version
accordingly. In case of replacement, change the
MRC2 board or DRAM.
0201 to 02FF Program error (task-to-task communication error)
1000 to 1FFF Program error
0301 to 03FF Hardware chip error (gate array error)
0501 - 05FF Engine communication error
0601 - 06FF Scanner communication error
0401 to 04FF Hard disk error
If the device is not reset by turning it off once and
turning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when the error occurred, and replace a
part or upgrade the firmware to the latest version
accordingly. In case of replacement, change the
hard disk drive or optional board (or MRC2 board
or DRAM).
E F 0 6 D - n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 133/379
5-11
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
(5) Error in Setup module
nnnn: Error code
Table 5-12 Setup Error List
Table 5-11 Main Module Error List
E F 3 7 5 - n n n nP OWE R O F F / O N
Error code Description Measure
0101 Program error (task boot synchronize error) If the device is not reset by turning it off once and
turning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when the error occurred, and replace a
part or upgrade the firmware to the latest versionaccordingly. In case of replacement, change the
MRC2 board or DRAM.
0111 to 01FF Program error (task boot error)
0201 to 02FF Program error (task-to-task communication error)
1000 to 1FFF Program error
0301 to 03FF NVRAM error
If the device is not reset by turning it off once and
turning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when the error occurred, and replace a
part or upgrade the firmware to the latest version
accordingly. In case of replacement, change the
MRC2 board or DRAM.
0401 to 04FF Hard disk / RAM disk error
-
-
-
-
If the device is not reset by turning it off once and
turning it on again, hear from the user about the
situation when theerror occurred, andupgradethe
firmware to the latest version accordingly.
Alternatively, check the power supply and datacable that are connected to the hard disk drive.
If wrong connection is found, correct it.
Check thepower supplyand data cable, whichare
connected to the hard disk drive, for damage. If
either or both parts are damaged, replace it/them.
In case of replacement, the hard disk drive,
optional board, change DRAM or MRC2 board.
2000 to 2FFF Hardware configuration error
This error is attributable to incorrectly configured
hardware: for example, the standard panel is not
installed. Therefore, check the configuration and,
if troubles are found, replace a component or
upgrade the firmware to the latest version
accordingly. In case of replacement, change thepanel, NVRAM, or MRC2 board.
edocrorrE noitpircseD erusaeM
1010 )rorreezinorhcnystoobk sat(rorremargorPdnaecnof f otigninrutybtesertonsiecivedehtf I
ehttuobaresuehtmorf raeh,niaganotigninrut
aecalperdna,derruccororreehtnehwnoitautis
noisrevtsetalehtoterawmrif ehtedargpurotrap
ehtegnahc,tnemecalperf oesacnI.ylgnidrocca
.MARDrodraob2CRMFFF1ot0001 rorremargorP
FF30ot1030 rorreMARVN
dnaecnof f otigninrutybtesertonsiecivedehtf I
ehttuobaresuehtmorf raeh,niaganotigninrut
aecalperdna,derruccororreehtnehwnoitautis
noisrevtsetalehtoterawmrif ehtedargpurotrap
ehtegnahc,tnemecalperf oesacnI.ylgnidrocca
.MARDrodraob2CRM
FF40ot1040 rorreelif lortnocputeS
dnaecnof f otigninrutybtesertonsiecivedehtf Iehttuobaresuehtmorf raeh,niaganotigninrut
aecalperdna,derruccororreehtnehwnoitautis
noisrevtsetalehtoterawmrif ehtedargpurotrap
ehtegnahc,tnemecalperf oesacnI.ylgnidrocca
.MARDrodraob2CRM
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 134/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 135/379
5-13
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
5.6 Error Log
Each time an error or warning occurs in the device, it is displayed on the LCD and also the error
log information is saved in the internal memory.The error log information saved in the internal memory includes additionally the time when an
error occurred, and therefore you can confirm the error log using the "ERROR PRINT" of the
function menu.
(This information is saved even after the power was turned off.)
5.6.1 Classification of Error/Warning
The type of error/warning is classified as follows:
1 Classification: E (Service Call) An unrecoverable error that needs service person's
measures.
2 Classification: O (Operator Call) An error that the operator can take measures.
3 Classification: W (Warning) A warning, such as expiration of service life of
consumables and data error occurred.
5.6.2 Format of Message
Each error/warning message to be logged if an error or warning occurs identifies one character (+
space) at the top the of message as the error/warning identifier.
The log message is composed of alphanumerics and thus it does not necessarily match the
message displayed on the LCD.
The error/warning message registered as log information is prepared in the format mentioned
below.
5.6.3 Log Registration Format
An error or warning displayed on the LCD is registered as log information in the following
format.
Case 1 "yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss a bbbb-cccc"
Case 2 "yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss a ssssssss cccc"
Case 3 "yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss a ssssssss"
yyyy/mm/dd year/month/day
hh:mm:ss hour:minute:second
a Error/warning identifier (common to LCD display)
bbbb- Error classification (hexadecimal notation)
cccc Error code (hexadecimal notation may be omitted)
ssssssss Optional alphanumeric message (may be omitted)
*Log example
"2004/05/24 12:31:55 E ENGINE 2030" Error number:2030=Power supply failure
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 136/379
5-14
5.6.4 Error Log Print Item
Table 5-15 Error Log Print Item
Header information Print item
Log media
Type of log media (log storage position)
HDD : Hard disk drive
FLASH : Flash memory
Max log number
Number of registrable logs
HDD : 8191
FLASH :1023
Log size Log size per information: 16 bytes
Log set count Number of registered logs
Error information Print item
Log Storage position (1 to 8191)
Date Error generation date (D/M/Y)
Time Error generation time
Information
Error message:
E sssssss E: Fatal error (service call error)
W sssssss W: Warning error
O sssssss O: Operator intervention error
5.6.5 Type of Error Log
The errors are classified as follows.
The following log examples show the information saved in the log file.
(1) Service Call Error (Classification: E)
Description: An unrecoverable error that needs service person's measures.
Cause: Hardware or firmware is faulty.
Measure: If the device is not reset by turning it off once and turning it on again, replace
the hardware or firmware.
*Log example of hard disc error
"E E56E-0401"
(2) Operator Call (Classification: O)
Description: An error that the operator can take measures.
Cause: No paper, no toner or paper jams, which needs operator's help.
Measure: Remove the cause to restore the device to its normal state.
*Log example of door open
"O DOOR2 open"
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 137/379
5-15
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
(3) Warning (Classification: W)
Description: A warning state such as expiration of service life of consumables and data error
occurred.
Cause: A consumable approaches its life, or any failure in the environment, settings, or
data occurred.
Measure: Take appropriate measures to remove the cause.
(Service person may partially participate in the measure process.)
*Log example of comand warning
"W DATA 0201"
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 138/379
5-16
5.7 Error Log Classification List
Table 5-16 Error Log Classification List
egasseM noitacifissalC noitpircseD erusaeM
(xxxxxxxxE rorrE ) rorrellacecivreS sdeenrorreelbarevocernunA
.serusaems'nosrepecivres
morf derevocertonsiecivedehtf I
rewopehtgninrutretf arorresiht
tuobaresuehtmorf raeh,nodnaf f o
rorreehtnehwnoitautiseht
erawmrif ehtedargpudna,derrucco
aecalperronoisrevtsetalehtot
.ylgnidroccatraptnaveler
xxxxxxxxO
( )llaCrotarepO
llacrotarepO nacrotarepoehttahtrorrenA
.serusaemek at
erotserotesuacehtevomeR
.etatslamronstiotecivedeht
ehtotgnidroccaserusaemek aT
ehtnodeyalpsidegassemecnadiug
.DCL
xxxxxxxxW)gninraW(
gninraW stisehcaorppaelbamusnocAehtniytluaf ro,ef il
atadro,sgnittes,tnemnorivne
.detcetedsaw
.eruliaf f oesuacehtevomeRyllaitrapyamnosrepecivresehT(
).ssecorperusaemehtnietapicitrap
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 139/379
5-17
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
5.8 Job Log
When the device executes a job (i.e. print), a job log is saved in the internal memory. Various
types of information, including execution time, are registered in this job log. You can review the job log history from "PRINT JOB LOG" of the function menu.
(The job log information is saved even after the power was turned off.)
Total count and distance, both of which are updated whenever a new job is executed, are
registered in this job log as well.
5.8.1 Job Log Print Item
Table 5-17 Job Log Print Item
(1 / 2)
Header information Print item
Log media
Type of log media (log storage position)
HDD : Hard disk driveFLASH : Flash memory
Max log number
Number of registrable logs
HDD : 65535FLASH : 1023
Log size Log size per information: 128 bytes
Log set count Number of registered logs
Job information Print item
LogLog file storage position (1 to 65535) (4 digits)
Shows the job history number assigned to the job in execution order.
Job
Job number (1 to 999) (3 digits)
When the system recognizes the generation of job, the job number is assigned to the job.
Req Job generation (spool) number (1 to 999) (3 digits)
PDL
Processing PDL (5 characters)
A processing PDL is prepared for every data format
HPGL/TIFF/CALS/COPY/SCAN
PortProtocol / port number (4 characters)Fxx (FTP), Lxx (LPR), Xxx (XPT), PARA, USB?
xx: Port number (1 to 10)
IP-addressIP address (10 characters)
When the protocol is USB and parallel jobs are executed, the IP address is not defined.
FileFile name (12 characters)
Displays the file name that the host reported as printer job.
UserUser name (12 characters)
Displays the user name that the host reported as printer job.
Input Size
Receive data size (5 characters)
This information shows the received data size (amount). Byte, kilobyte, and megabyte are
used as unit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 140/379
5-18
Table 5-17 Job Log Print Item
(2 / 2)
Job information Print item
Output PageNumber of print job (3 characters)
This information shows the number of sheets printed in one job, regardless of
drawing size.
Output Acc
Number of output sheets converted into A4/A3 paper (3 characters)
This information shows the number of output sheets converted into A4/A3 paper
based on the value indicated by Output Page.
(A3/A4 = 1, A2 = 2, A1 = 3, A0 = 5)
Date
Receive date
This information shows the date in the format of xx (month) and xx (day). Only
figures are displayed.
Job Start
Job start time (receive start time)
This information shows the job execution start time in the format of xx (hour) xx
(minute) xx (second). (The date (D/M/Y) is not displayed.)
In case of reprint or additional print, the start time of the new job is displayed
here.
Job End
Job end time
This information shows the print end time in the format of xx (hour) xx (minute)
xx (second). (The date (D/M/Y) is not displayed.)
Counter Acc*10
Total counter (number of sheets converted into A4/A3 paper) (unit: 10 sheets)
This counter shows the total number of printed sheets that will be updated
whenever a new job is executed. "1234" means 12340 sheets.
Counter Run*10
Total distance (unit: 10 m)
This counter shows the total print distance that will be updated whenever a new
job is executed. "1234" means 12340 meters.
Result
Job execution result (status)
This information shows the execution result of a job.
Only after the job is normally ended, the number in Counter Acc*10 is updated.
When a recovery process is executed, NORMAL is displayed as status and the
counter is ready.
NORMAL : Normally terminated.
DELETE : Data is discarded.
CANCEL : Print (job) is canceled.ERxxxx : Error end. (xxxx: Error log storage position)
EXTRA : Additional print
AGAIN : Reprint
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 141/379
5-19
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting (Controller Error)
5.9 Replacement of PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (Main Control Board)
After the PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (main control board) is replaced, the following operations are
needed. Be sure to transfer the EEPROM from the old board to the new board. (except where theEEPROM is faulty).
Procedures:
1 Enter the serial number of the device.
Access "DEVICE SERIAL NO." of the "SYSTEM" menu and enter the serial number of the
device. Also, perform the operation for the serial number unset. (See "5.10 Serial Number
Unset".)
2 Perform the install operations and set of IP address. (Refer to the user's guide.)
3 Reset the each setting value on the other PCB - ASSY - MRC2.
Note: EEPROM contains important information such as counter. Pay close
attention not to break its legs or mount the element upside down during
removal and installation.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 142/379
5-20
5.10 Serial Number Unset
After powering on, the device self-tests the area in which its serial number has been saved (flash
memory). If it is proved that the area is damaged or is not initialized, the following messageappears on the LCD.
The message appears when the PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (main control board) is replaced with an
uninitialized board.
When this message appears, you must enter the maintenance person mode and enter the serial
number.
Measure: Enter the device serial number using the following procedures.
1 Press the keys in the following order.
2 Press the keys in the following order.
3 Enter the serial number of the device.
4 Press the key.
E S E T T H E S / N
E S E T T H E S / N
P A S SW O R DI N P U T MO D E
I N P U T O KL E V E L 0 0 3
S E R I A L N UM B E R* 0 0 0 0 0
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 143/379
6-1
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
This chapter describes the troubleshooting if a failure occurs in the engine.
If a message as shown below is displayed on the LCD of the control panel, take a corrective
measure following an error code "nnnn" of the error message. For other troubles, take a
corrective measure according to the symptom.
6.1 How to Read This Manual
6.1.1 Overview of Engine Troubleshooting
When troubleshooting the engine, first perform the level-1 troubleshooting to classify the
trouble. Then, advance the troubleshooting by performing the level-2 troubleshooting.
When you try to find a cause of the trouble through the troubleshooting or on the check-chart,
read the procedure carefully to avoid a failure. Also, if multiple causes are supposed, it is difficult
to find all causes at a time, and therefore you may have to perform the troubleshooting of the
same title again. In such a case, even for the same troubleshooting, ongoing judgment may
change, thus requiring extreme care.
Level-1 troubleshooting
The level-1 troubleshooting is the first step of troubleshooting. The level-1 troubleshooting
clarifies whether an error code or other trouble symptom is present or not to provide a hint for
proceeding to the level-2 troubleshooting.
Level-2 troubleshooting
The level-2 troubleshooting provides the classified troubleshooting procedures according to theerror code, paper jam, and other various symptoms. As a trouble diagnostic method, a cause of
the trouble can be found in a short time by performing the procedure given by the troubleshooting
or on the check-chart.
Error code
E E N G I N E n n n nP O W E R O F F / O N
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 144/379
6-2
Error code : If an error code indicating an engine trouble is displayed on the
LCD, refer to the error description, resetting method, and corre-
sponding troubleshooting item from the error code list to per-
form the troubleshooting.
Paper jam : If a paper jam occurs frequently, refer to the description of the
paper jam code list to perform the paper jam troubleshooting.
Other symptoms : If an error code is not displayed or any trouble other than paper
jam occurs, judge an engine block concerned from the symptom
to perform the troubleshooting.
Maintenance diagnostic mode
This device provides various self-diagnostic functions to check or test the condition of each part
of the engine. These self-diagnostic functions are executed during the level-2 troubleshooting in
the engine maintenance mode.
For each function and its operating procedure in the engine maintenance mode, see Section 2.
6.1.2 Terminology
The terms listed below are frequently used in the engine troubleshooting. Before performing the
trouble analysis, understand the meaning of these terms.
Common terms
Error code : "nnnn" of an error message "E ENGINE nnnn" displayed on the
LCD of the control panel if the engine finds a trouble is called
the error code.
Visual check : Check visually the operation of parts such as a relay and me-
chanical linkage to find any faulty.
Enter maintenance Enter the engine maintenance mode (see Section 2.1.1). Then,
code 03: select the maintenance code <03> and press the key.
Turn on power : Turn on the Power switch.
Turn off power : Turn off the Power switch.
Check for a short : Turn off the Power switch. Measure resistance between pin and
frame in the ohm range of the tester.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 145/379
6-3
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
Select a subcode : Enter the engine maintenance mode following the procedure
given in "2.1.1 How to Enter the Engine Maintenance Mode,"
and select the maintenance code <03>. Then, select a subcode
"nn" and press the key.
"On" display ("Off" display) : This means that the maintenance code <06> is activated and a
subcode is selected, and then the signal level inputted to the
LCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board) is displayed on the
LCD. "On" or "Off" is displayed.
Exit from trouble analysis procedure
Mechanical trouble : This term is used when you shift to mechanical adjustment or
part replacement. Read all items (main causes are described) forcomparison with a symptom appearing in the machine to find a
cause of the trouble.
Replace one after another : If a trouble is no longer analyzed, this device uses a method in
which a part is replaced one after another. The parts to be re-
placed are listed in the order having high replacement frequency
and high probability of trouble.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 146/379
6-4
6.2 Leve-1 Troubleshooting
The level-1 troubleshooting sorts the troubles.
If "E ENGINE nnnn" is displayed on the LCD of the control panel, perform the troubleshootingfollowing this unrecoverable error code (see Section 6.3.1).
If a paper jam occurs frequently, enter the engine maintenance mode to check the paper jam
situations and perform the troubleshooting (see Section 6.3.2).
For other cases, make judgment from the symptom and perform the troubleshooting (see
Section 6.3.3).
6.2.1 Unrecoverable Error Codes and Description
Table 6-1 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes
(1 / 2)elbarevocernU
sedocrorre noitpircseD
0202 elbuort)rotomgnitarbivelttobrenotretsaw(10MB
2202,1202 elbuort)rotomesluprellortaeh(10MH
3202 elbuort)rotomssecorp(10MP
A202,4202 elbuort)rotomesluprepoleved(10MG
B202,6202 elbuort)rotomeslupdeef repap(10MT
C202,7202 elbuort)1rotomeslupdeef repap(10MF
D202,8202 elbuort)2rotomeslupdeef repap(20MF
E202,9202 elbuort)3rotomeslupdeef repap(30MF
0302 )ytluaf sieulavnoitaulavezH06 / zH05(eruliaf ylppusrewoP
2302 )tuptuoegatlovhgihniderruccodaolrevo(eruliaf ylppusrewopegatlovhgiH
3302 )f f odenrutsirewopehtnehwruccotonseodtpurretni(eruliaf ylppusrewoP
5302 )tuoemit(rorreref snartatadnoitcerrocdaehDEL
6302 )rorreredaeh(rorreref snartatadnoitcerrocdaehDEL
7302 )rorreretoof (rorreref snartatadnoitcerrocdaehDEL
1802 erutarepmetresuf f otaehrevodetceted)rotsimrehtrevo(20HT
2802 eruliaf )rotsimrehtlortnocerutarepmetnoitaxif (10HT
)detrohsebdluocselbac(erutarepmethgihylemertxE
3802 pmettimilreppunoitaxif ehtdedeecxe)rotsimrehtlortnocerutarepmetnoitaxif (10HT
4802 emitdeif icepsnihtiwpmetdeif icepshcaertondid10HTerutarepmetnoitaxif ,detratspu-mrawretf A
5802 ebdluocselbac(pmethgihylemertxE.eruliaf )rotsimrehtgnirusaemerutarepmetdaehDEL(30HT
)detcennocsidebdluocselbac(pmetwolylemertxero)detrohs
6802 pmettimilreppudaehDELehtdedeecxe)rotsimrehtgnirusaemerutarepmetdaehDEL(30HT
7802 )detrohsebdluocselbac(pmethgihylemertxE.eruliaf )rotsimrehtlortnocerutarepmetnoitaxif (40HT
8802 pmettimilreppunoitaxif ehtdedeecxe)rotsimrehtlortnocerutarepmetnoitaxif (40HT
9802 emitdeif icepsnihtiwpmetdeif icepshcaertondid40HTerutarepmetnoitaxif ,detratspu-mrawretf A
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 147/379
6-5
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
Table 6-1 Lists of Unrecoverable Error Codes
(2 / 2)
elbarevocernUsedocrorre
noitpircseD
3C02ot1C02 )retemarapmetsys(rorremusk cehcMARVN
4C02 )tnemecalpertrapretf aecnatsidtnirp(rorremusk cehcMARVN
5C02 )gninaelctrapretf aecnatsidtnirp(rorremusk cehcMARVN
6C02 )retemarapenignedenif ed-resu(rorremusk cehcMARVN
8C02 )golrorreelbarevocernu(rorremusk cehcMARVN
9C02 )golrorrema jrepap(rorremusk cehcMARVN
AC02 )golnoitpmusnocegdirtracssecorp(rorremusk cehcMARVN
8D02ot1D02 )retemaraplortnocenigne(rorremusk cehcMARVN
0E02 wolf revo)remitgodhctaw(TDW
10D2 denrutersidnammocontubsemit7rellortnocehtotdettimsnartsawKAN
20D2 denrutertonsiKCAtubsemit7edamsawrellortnocehtotesnopseR
30D2 semit001nahteromdetcetedsawrorreenileht,rellortnocmorf atadgniviecernehW40D2 denrutertonsiKCAtubsemit7rellortnocehtotdecitonsawnoitisnartsutatsenignE
C7F2 )derotserebtonnacW / F(deraelcebtonnacyromemhsalf eht,derruccororregnitirwerW / Fretf A
D7F2 ebtonnacW / F(yromemhsalf ehtninettirwebnacatadon,derruccororregnitirwerW / Fretf A
)derotser
E7F2 hctamtonseodyromemhsalf ehtninettirwerW / Ff omusk cehc,derruccororregnitirwerW / Fretf A
)derotserebtonnacW / F(
F7F2 stnetnocehthctamtonseodyromemhsalf ehtninettirwerW / F,derruccororregnitirwerW / Fretf A
)derotserebtonnacW / F(MARSf o
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 148/379
6-6
6.2.2 Paper Jam Error Codes and Description
Table 6-2 Lists of Paper Jam Error Codes
rorrema jrepaP
sedoc
noitpircseD
0333 noitisop)rettucrednu(03SPtadetacolsirepaP
1333 noitisop)rettucrednu(13SPtadetacolsirepaP
2333 noitisop)rettucrednu(23SPtadetacolsirepaP
0043 noitisop)rettucrednu(40SPtadetacolsirepaP
2043,1043 ylraeootsi40SPtaegdepotrepapf olavirrA
4043,3043 40SPtaevirratonseodegdepotrepaP
2943,1943 ylraeootsi40SPtalavirra,dnuowersillorrepapnehW
4943,3943 dessapemitssaprepapteserphguoht40SPnistsixerepap,dnuowersillorrepapnehW
0053 noitisop)retsiger(40SPtadetacolsirepaP
2053,1053 ylraeootsi50SPtaegdepotrepapf olavirrA4053,3053 50SPtaevirratonseodegdepotrepaP
2953,1953 ylraeoot50SPsevaelegdeliartrepaP
4953,3953 dessapemitssaprepapteserphguoht50SPevaeltonseodegdeliartrepaP
0063 noitisop)noitcus(40SPnidetacolsirepaP
2063,1063 ylraeootsi60SPtaegdepotrepapf olavirrA
4063,3063 60SPtaevirratonseodegdepotrepaP
2963,1963 ylraeoot60SPsevaelegdeliartrepaP
4963,3963 dessapemitssaprepapteserphguoht60SPevaeltonseodegdeliartrepaP
0073 noitisop)resuf (70SPtadetacolsirepaP
2073,1073 ylraeootsi70SPtaegdepotrepapf olavirrA
4073,3073 40SPtaevirratonseodegdepotrepaP
2973,1973 ylraeoot70SPsevaelegdeliartrepaP
4973,3973 dessapemitssaprepapteserphguoht70SPevaeltonseodegdeliartrepaP
7403ot2403 sevomedalbrettucnehwelbuorT
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 149/379
6-7
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
6.3 Leve-2 Troubleshooting
6.3.1 "Unrecoverable error code" Troubleshooting
(1) "2020" troubleshooting
This trouble occurs if the BM01 motor does not rotate.
Enter the engine maintenance mode 08. Select the motor subcode (09) that corresponds to the displayed
error code to turn on the motor.
Is the motor rotating?
Y N
Is +24VDC present between CN7-1 and CN7-5 of PCB-ASSY-MEC?
Y N
Check CBL07 for a disconnection or short.
Check low voltage power unit.
Check if the load on mechanical system is large.
Check CBL03B and CBL032 for a short.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(2) "2021" / "2022" / "2024" / "202A" troubleshooting
These troubles occur if the motor does not rotate or the motor rotation speed varies.
First, check if the interlock switches (INT1 and INT3) are normal.
Enter the engine maintenance mode 08. Select the motor subcode (07 to 08) that corresponds to the
displayed error code to turn on the motor.
Is the motor rotating?
Y N
Is +24VDC present between CN7-1 and CN7-5 of PCB-ASSY-MEC?
Y N
Check CBL07 for a disconnection or short.
Check low voltage power unit.
Check if the load on mechanical system is large.
HM trouble
Check CBL05A and CBL051 for a short.
GM trouble
Check CBL05A, CBL51 and CBL052 for a short.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 150/379
6-8
(3) "2023" troubleshooting
These troubles occur if the PM01 motor does not rotate or the motor rotation speed varies.
First, check if the interlock switches (INT1 and INT3) are normal.
Enter the engine maintenance mode 08. Select the motor subcode (06) that corresponds to the displayed
error code to turn on the motor.
Is the motor rotating?
Y N
Is +24VDC present between CN7-1 and CN7-5 of PCB-ASSY-MEC?
Y N
Check CBL07 for a disconnection or short.
Check low voltage power unit.
Check if the load on mechanical system is large.
Check CBL06A and CBL061 for a short or open circuit.
If not so, replace the motor or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Mechanical system check
Check the clutch for operation.
Check the gear for damage or galling.
If not so, replace the motor or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 151/379
6-9
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(4) "2026" / "202B" / "2027" / "202C" "2028" / "202D" / "2029" / "202E" troubleshooting
These troubles occur if the motor does not rotate or the motor rotation speed varies.
First, check if the interlock switches (INT1 and INT3) are normal.
Enter the engine maintenance mode 08. Select the motor subcode (10 to13) that corresponds to the
displayed error code to turn on the motor.
Is the motor rotating?
Y N
Is +24VDC present between CN21-1 and CN21-2 of PCB-ASSY-RFU
(motor driver bord)?
Y N
Check CBL07 and CBL 071 for a disconnection or short.
Check low voltage power unit.
Are other motors rotating?
Y N
Check CBL06B and CBL062 for a short or open circuit.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check if the load on mechanical system is large.
Check CBL06B and CBL062 for a short or open circuit.
- TM trouble
Check CBL22 for a short or open circuit.
- FM01 trouble
Check CBL23 and CBLR231 for a short or open circuit.
- FM02 trouble
Check CBL24 and CBLR241 for a short or open circuit.
- FM03 trouble
Check CBL25 and CBLR251 for a short or open circuit.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor drive board) or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control
board)
Mechanical system check
Check the clutch for operation.
Check the gear for damage or galling.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 152/379
6-10
(5) "2030" troubleshooting
Input of frequency counter pulses from the power supply is faulty.
Check CBL09B for a short or open circuit.
If not so, replace the low voltage power unit or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(6) "2032" troubleshooting
Either of CH1 to CH4 of high voltage outputs is shorted.
Turn on the CH1 to CH4 one by one to check if the discharge sound is heard or the monitor
output of high voltage power is stable so as to identify which channel is shorted.
For a monitoring method of high voltage power unit, see 9.1.
Enter the maintenance code 09 in the engine maintenance mode. Select a subcode that corresponds toeach process.
CH1 failure (subcode 01)
Check the process cartridge (Check the wire for dirtiness, presence of foreign materials,
or slack. Check the grid for dirtiness or slack.)
Check the CBL-HV1 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
CH2 failure (subcode 02)
Check the developer (Check the developer bias contact for a touch.)
Check the CBL-HV22, CBL-HV2, CBL-HV21 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
CH3 failure (subcode 03)
Check the transfer unit (Check the wire for dirtiness, presence of foreign materials, or
slack. Check the transfer separator for a mounting state.)
Check the CBL-HV3 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
CH4 failure (subcode 04)
Check the separator (Check the wire for dirtiness, presence of foreign materials, or
slack. Check the transfer separator for a mounting state.)
Check the CBL-HV4 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
If all channels are faulty
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check CBL09B for a short or open circuit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 153/379
6-11
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(7) "2033" troubleshooting
The running distance data may not be saved in the NVRAM on the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control
board) when the plotter was turned off in the previous job. Possible causes of this error will be low
voltage power unit, faulty PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board), or faulty CBL09.
Turn off the plotter once, and after several seconds, turn it on again.
Does 2033 error occur?
Y N
Check if the running distance is correct, and if OK, the plotter is normal.
NG, go to the next step.
Referring to Appendix A.2.1 (4), check the LED indication on the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control
board) when the power is turned off.
Are LED 4 to 8 on PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board) turned on?
Y N
Replace lower voltage power unit.
Check the CBL09 for a short or open circuit.
Check the 5 V of PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(8) "2035" / "2036" / "2037" troubleshooting
These troubles will occur when the "config" (writing of correction data) for the LED head was not
executed normally.
Is +5VDC present between CN4 (CN5)-1 and CN4 (CN5)-4 of LED head?
Y N
Check the CBL13 and CBL121 for a disconnection or short.
Check the low voltage power supply.
If not so, replace the LED head.
Check the CBL08
If not so, replace the LED head or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 154/379
6-12
(9) "2081" troubleshooting
Check the TH01 (fuser control thermistor) for a mounting state (such as disconnected connector,
remaining paper chips, floating and bent TH01).
Check the TH01 contact surface with the heat roller for dirtiness. Clean as necessary.
Check the TH01 for an open circuit.
If so, replace the TH01.
Check the CBL45 and CBL04B for a short.
Check the TH02 (overheat thermistor) for a short (trouble if resistance value of thermistor is less
than 1k .
Check the CBL04B and CBL045 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(10) "2082" / "2087" troubleshooting
Check the TH01 and TH04 (fuser control thermistor) for a short (trouble if resistance value of
thermistor is less than 1k .
Check the CBL04B and CBL045 for a short.
If so, replace respective parts.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(11) "2083" / "2088" troubleshooting
Check respective fans for operation one by one.
Check the BL02 (fuser fan) and BL06 (fuser A3 fan) for operation.
Does each fan operate normally?
Y N
Replace faulty fan.
Check the TH01 and TH04 (fuser control thermistor) for a short. Check the TH01 and TH04.
If so, replace TH01 or TH04.
Check the CBL04B and CBL045.
Check the ozone filter for clogging.
If clogged, replace the ozone filter.
Note: Check that the halogen lamp turns on and off repeatedly at a several
second interval.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 155/379
6-13
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(12) "2084" / "2089" troubleshooting
Check if the halogen lamp (fuser lamp) turns on.
- Before checking the halogen lamp on/off operation, make sure that fuser unittemperature has dropped sufficiently.
Note: After the halogen lamp was checked for its lighting, immediately turn off the
halogen lamp (turn off the power switch or open the cover).
Does the halogen lamp turn on?
Y N
Check the THM (thermal fuse) for continuity.
Is the fuse continuous?Y N
Replace the Thermal Fuse Assy.
*After the fuse was replaced, execute again "2084" troubleshooting.
Check the FL01 and FL02 (lamp) for continuity.
Is the lamp continuous?
Y N
Replace the halogen lamp which is not continuous.
Check the CBL17, CBL171 and CBL- HTR for an open circuit.
Check the CBL09 for a short or open circuit.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the low voltage current or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine
control board).
Check the TH01 and TH04 (fuser control thermistor) and the TH02 (overheat thermistor) for a
mounting state (such as disconnected connector, remaining paper chips, floating and bent TH01,
TH02, or TH04).
Check the contact surface of TH01, TH02, and TH04 with the heat roller for dirtiness.
Clean as necessary.
Check the TH01, TH02 and TH04 for a short or open circuit.
If so, replace TH01, TH02 and TH04.
Check the CBL04B and CBL045.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
WARNING
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 156/379
6-14
(13) "2085" troubleshooting
Check the TH03 (LED head thermistor) for a short (trouble if resistance value of thermistor is
less than 1k Ω.
If so, replace the LED head.
Check the CBL05B and CBL053 for a short.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(14) "2086" troubleshooting
Check respective fans for operation one by one.
Check the BL01 (suction fan) BL02 (fuser fan) and BL06 (fuser A3 fan) for operation.
Does each fan operate normally?
Y NReplace faulty fan.
Check the TH03 (LED head thermistor) for a short.
Check the TH03.
If so, replace the LED head.
Check the CBL05B and CBL053.
Check the ozone filter for clogging.
If clogged, replace the ozone filter.
(15) "20C1 to 20CA" / "20D1 to 20D8" / "20E0" troubleshooting
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
(16) "2D01 to 2D04" troubleshooting
Check the PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (controller board).
Check the CBL02 for a short or open circuit.
If so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MRC2 (engine control board).
(17) "2F7C to 2F7F" troubleshooting
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 157/379
6-15
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
6.3.2 "Paper jam error code" Troubleshooting
(1) Power ON jam checkout procedure
This troubleshooting is used to analyze a trouble for which a paper jam error message is
displayed on the LCD before printing.
Note: When two or more doors are displayed on the LCD, check the sensors that
correspond to all doors.
Example:
If the specified door is one If the specified doors are two or more
1 Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode, and check corresponding
sensors listed below from respective subcodes for each target door involved in paper jam.
O P E N D O O R XR E MO V E P A P E R
O P E N D O O R X , XR E MO V E P A P E R
Paper jamtarget door
Mainte-nancecode
Sensor Items to be checked
"Door 1" or
"Door 2" or
"Door 3"
PS30
(A0 paper size sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.
- CBL28-PS30 short (GND)
- CBL28-PS30 loose connector or disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
PS31
(A1 paper jam4 sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.- CBL28-PS31 short (GND)
- CBL28-PS31 loose connector or disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
PS32
(A2 paper size sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.
- CBL28-PS32 short (GND)
- CBL28-PS32 loose connector or disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
PS04
(paper size sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.
- CBL28-PS04 short (GND)
- CBL28-PS04 loose connector or disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
"Door 4" or
"Door 5"
PS05
(paper registration
sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.- CBL04A-CBL041-CBL044-PS05 short (GND)
- CBL04A-CBL041-CBL044-PS05 loose connector or
disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
"Door 6"
PS06
(suction jam sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.
- CBL04A-CBL041-CBL043-PS06 short (GND)
- CBL04A-CBL041-CBL043-PS06 loose connector or
disconnection (open)
- Sensor failure
PS07
(fuser jam sensor)
- Light enters the sensor.
- CBL04B-CBL045-CBL (PS07) short (GND)
- CBL04B-CBL045-CBL (PS07) loose connector or
disconnection (open)- Sensor failure
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 158/379
6-16
2 Replace the sensor, and when the sensor is kept on even if each sensor code is entered, replace
the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
The sensor itself goes low when the light is intercepted.
(2) "Frequent paper jam" troubleshooting
This troubleshooting is used to guide which paper jam troubleshooting is to be executed
according to the paper jam situations.
Note: Turn off the power switch and check that no paper remains in the machine.
Turn on the power switch. Is the paper jam door displayed on LCD?
Y N
Perform the "frequent paper jam" troubleshooting.Enter the maintenance code 05 in the engine maintenance mode. Check the last ten jam
codes displayed on the LCD. At this time, perform the troubleshooting one by one, starting
from the code that occurred most frequently.
Jam code "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting
Jam code "3401" / "3402" troubleshooting
Jam code "3403" / "3404" troubleshooting
Jam code "3491" / "3492" troubleshooting
Jam code "3493" / "3494" troubleshooting
Jam code "3501" / "3502" troubleshooting
Jam code "3503" / "3504" troubleshooting
Jam code "3591" / "3592" troubleshooting
Jam code "3593" / "3594" troubleshooting
Jam code "3601" / "3602" troubleshooting
Jam code "3603" / "3604" troubleshooting
Jam code "3691" / "3692" troubleshooting
Jam code "3693" / "3694" troubleshooting
Jam code "3701" / "3702" troubleshooting
Jam code "3703" / "3704" troubleshooting
Jam code "3791" / "3792" troubleshooting
Jam code "3793" / "3794" troubleshooting
Jam code "37A1" / "37A2" troubleshooting
Jam code "3801" / "3802" troubleshooting
Jam code "3803" / "3804" troubleshooting
Jam code "3891" / "3892" troubleshooting
Jam code "3893" / "3894" troubleshooting
Jam code "3805" / "3806" troubleshooting
Perform the "Power ON jam checkout procedure."
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 159/379
6-17
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" / troubleshooting
Check if paper chips or foreign materials remain in the cutter unit.
Check if wrong type of paper is used.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 17 or 18 to sense
RE01 or RE02 (cutter left or right home position switch).
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL27 and CBL62 for a short or open circuit.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor driver board) or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine
control board), next, replace the cutter unit (RE01, RE02 faulty) in the following order.
Check the cutter blade stop position relative to the RE01 and RE02.
If the position is inadequate, replace the cutter unit.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor driver board) or PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control
board).
(4) Jam code "3401" / "3402" troubleshooting
Roll 1, Roll 2, or Roll 3 paper reached the PS04 (paper jam sensor 4) too early after start.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Check the paper feed roller surfaces for dirtiness or presence of foreign materials.
Check the leading edge of the paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS04 mounted correctly? (PS04 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS04 (paper jam sensor 4).
Check the paper path up to the PS04.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 160/379
6-18
(5) Jam code "3403" / "3404" troubleshooting
Roll 1, Roll 2, or Roll 3 paper reached the PS04 (paper jam sensor 4) too lately after start.
Check the paper for setting or if paper chips remains in the PS04.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 04 to sense PS04
(paper jam sensor 4).
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL28 for a short or open circuit.
Check the PS04 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If not so, replace the PS04.
Select the code "121" to rotate clockwise the FM01, FM02, and FM03 (main motors).
Do the FM01, FM02, and FM03 rotate clockwise? (Do the chains move clockwise?)
Y N
Execute "2021" troubleshooting fi see Section 6.3.1 (2)
Check the paper path up to the PS04.
Check the pinch roller for pressure.
(6) Jam code "3491" / "3492" troubleshooting
At the paper rewinding, the top edge of paper reached the PS04 (paper jam sensor 4) too early.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS04 mounted correctly? (PS04 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS04.
Check the paper path from PS04 up to PS05 (paper registration sensor).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 161/379
6-19
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(7) Jam code "3493" / "3494" troubleshooting
At the paper rewinding, the top edge of paper reached the PS04 (paper jam sensor 4) too slow.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Check the paper for setting or if paper chips remain in the PS04.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 04 to sense PS04
(paper jam sensor 4).
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL28 for short.
Check the PS04 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If so, replace the PS04.
Select the code "121" to rotate clockwise the FM01, FM02, and FM03 (main motors).
Do the FM01, FM02, and FM03 rotate clockwise? (Do the chains move clockwise?)
Y N
Execute “2021” troubleshooting⇒ see Section 6.3.1 (2)
Check the paper path up to the PS04.
(8) Jam code "3501" / "3502" troubleshooting
The top edge of paper reached to the PS05 (registration sensor) too early.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Check the leading edge of the paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Check the paper feed roller surfaces for dirtiness or presence of foreign materials.
Is PS05 mounted correctly? (PS05 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS05.
Check the paper path up to the PS05.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 162/379
6-20
(9) Jam code "3503" / "3504" troubleshooting
The top edge of paper reached the PS05 (paper registration sensor) too slow.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 05 to sense PS05
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04,CBL041 and CBL044 for a short.
Check the PS05 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PS05.
Check the paper path up to the PS04 from PS05.
When the jammed paper remains in the cutter, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047"
troubleshooting" to check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Check the pinch roller for pressure.
(10) Jam code "3591" / "3592" troubleshooting
The bottom edge of paper passed the PS05 (paper registration sensor) too early.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Check the registration roller surfaces for dirtiness or presence of foreign materials.
Is PS05 mounted correctly? (PS05 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS05.
Check the paper path up to the PS05.
Check the pinch roller for pressure.
Measure the paper length (Is the cut length short?)
Y N
Check the paper feed for load.
Check the motor TM01 (try to replace the motor).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 163/379
6-21
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(11) Jam code "3953" / "3954" troubleshooting
The bottom edge of paper passed the PS05 (paper registration sensor) too slow.
Check the paper for setting or if paper chips remain in the PS05.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 05, Check the PS05.
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04A, CBL041 and CBL044 for a short.
Check the PS05 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PS05.
Check the operation for CL04 (clutch (registration))
Check the paper pass for over PS05.
Check the pinch roller for pressure.
Check the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board)→ Motor FG signal does not come→ Paper
cut length becomes long.
(12) Jam code "3601" / "3602" troubleshooting
The paper reached the PS06 (suction jam sensor) too early.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS06 mounted and shape correctly? (PS06 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS06.
Check the CL04 (registration clutch) for operation and for ON/OFF synchronization with the
registration roller.
If so, check the LC04 for a mounting clearance.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 164/379
6-22
(13) Jam code "3603" / "3604" troubleshooting
The top edge of paper reached the PS06 (suction jam sensor) too slow.
Check the paper or paper flange for setting.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 06, sense to PS06.
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04A, CBL041 and CBL043 for a short.
Check the PS06 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If so, persists, replace the PS06.
A mechanical trouble has occurred. Check the paper path.
Check the paper for running condition and shape of leading edge.
Check the belts for elongation.
Check if the paper floats up by air bleeding.
Check if the paper floats up by getting stuck to the separating finger (OPC).
Check if the paper is separated from the drum correctly.
Check the BL01 for operation.
Check the ozone filter (for lifetime).
(14) Jam code "3691" / "3692" troubleshooting
The bottom edge of paper passed the PS06 (suction jam sensor) too early.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS06 mounted and shape correctly? (PS06 setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS06.
Check the paper for running condition or for floating up by wrinkle or slack.
Check the paper for floating up due to a paper separation failure from the drum.
Check if the paper floats up by air bleeding.
Check the BL01 for operation.
Check the ozone filter (for lifetime).
Measure the paper length (Is the cut length short?)
Y N
Check the paper feed for load.
Check the motor TM01 (try to replace the motor).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 165/379
6-23
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(15) Jam code "3693" / "3694" troubleshooting
The bottom edge of paper passed the PS06 (suction jam sensor) too slow.
Check the paper for setting or if paper chips remain in the PS06.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 06, sense to PS06.
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04A, CBL041 and CBL043 for a short.
Check the PS06 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PS06.
Check the paper pass to PS07.
Check if the paper feed fault by air bleeding.
Check the fuser drive mechanism (for looseness of gears and sprockets).
Check the BL01 for operation (A4 size).
Check the ozone filter (A4 size).
Check the air bleeding (A4 size).
(16) Jam code "3701" / "3702" troubleshooting
The bottom paper passed the PS07 (suction jam sensor) too early.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS07 mounted and shape correctly? (PS07setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS07.
Check the paper path.
Check the PS07 for malfunction due to external light.
Check the fuser drive mechanism (for looseness of gears and sprockets).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 166/379
6-24
(17) Jam code "3703" / "3704" troubleshooting
The top edge of paper reached the PS07 (fuser jam sensor) too slow.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 07, sense to PS07.
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04A, CBL045 and CBL(PS07) for a short.
Check the PS07 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PS07.
A mechanical trouble has occurred. Check the paper path.
Check if the paper feed fault by air bleeding.
Check the fuser drive mechanism.
Check the paper for deformation by getting stuck to the separation finger (fuser, IN).
Check if the paper is separated from the heat roller correctly.
Check the BL01 for operation.
Check the ozone filter.
(18) Jam code "3791" / "3792" troubleshooting
The bottom paper passed the PS07 (fuser jam sensor) too early.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Is PS07 mounted and shape correctly? (PS07setting failure, faulty lever, etc.)
Y N
If so, replace the PS07.
Check the PS07 for malfunction due to external light.
Check the fuser drive mechanism.
Check the paper path.
(Check the paper guide in the vicinity of PS07 for shape, curve, or warp (clearance of path).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 167/379
6-25
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(19) Jam code "3793" / "3794" troubleshooting
The bottom edge of paper passed the PS07 (fuser jam sensor) too slow.
Check the paper for setting or if paper chips remain in the PS07.
Check the leading edge of paper for a cutting failure (dog ear, corrugation, etc.).
In case of a cutting failure, execute "(3) "3042" / "3045" / "3046" / "3047" troubleshooting" to
check the cutter home position and cutter motion.
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 07, sense to PS07.
Is the ON ⇔ OFF display changed?
Y N
Check the CBL04B, CBL045 and CBL(PS07) for a short.
Check the PS07 for setting failure or faulty lever shape.
If the trouble is not removed, replace the PS07.
A mechanical trouble has occurred. Check the paper path.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 168/379
6-26
6.3.3 Troubleshooting by symptom
(1) "Door open check" troubleshooting
This troubleshooting is used to analyze a trouble when a "Door open check" is displayed on the
LCD of the control panel and the print is disabled though the doors and covers are closed.
Perform the troubleshooting that corresponds to the following 1 to 4 displayed on the LCD.
1 Troubleshooting of "CLOSE DOOR 5" display
- If INT3 turns on and the plotter is normal, the plotter executes the initialization
that returns the cutter to the home position. To avoid this, never touch the
INT3.
Open the cutter door (Door 5). The INT3 (cutter door interlock switch) turns on.
Does "CLOSE DOOR 5" display disappear?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 21.
Is "On" displayed?
Y N
Check the INT 3.
Contacts in signal system of INT3 may be faulty.
CBL03A, CBL031, or CBL14 may be disconnected or connected loosely.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check the INT 3 for its mounting state.
Check the actuator for a breakage or bending.
Check mechanical parts.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
CAUTION
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 169/379
6-27
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
2 Troubleshooting of "CLOSE DOOR 1" display
Note: Execute the troubleshooting of 4 first.
- If PS21 turns on and the plotter is normal, the plotter executes the initialization.To avoid this, never touch the PS21.
Check the PS21.
Contacts in signal system of PS21 may be faulty, or PS21 itself may be faulty.
CBL23, CBLR231, or ROLL1CN connector may be disconnected or connected loosely.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor driver board).
3 Troubleshooting of "CLOSE DOOR 2" display
- If PS22 turns on and the plotter is normal, the plotter executes the initialization.
To avoid this, never touch the PS22.
Check the PS22.
Contacts in signal system of PS22 may be faulty, or PS22 itself may be faulty.
CBL24, CBLR241, or ROLL2CN connector may be disconnected or connected loosely.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor driver board).
CAUTION
CAUTION
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 170/379
6-28
(2) "SET CARTRIDGE & PULL LEVER TO RIGHT" troubleshooting
This troubleshooting is used to analyze a trouble when a message concerning the toner refilling is
displayed and the print is disabled though the toner was refilled.
Perform the troubleshooting that corresponds to the following 1 and 2 displayed on the LCD.
1 Troubleshooting of "SET CARTRIDGE & PULL LEVER TO RIGHT" display
Set the toner cartridge and pull the lever to the right.
Does "SET CARTRIDGE & PULL LEVER TO RIGHT" display on LCD disappear?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 15.
Is the "ON " displayed ?
Y N
Check the MS04 (toner door open-close switch).
Contacts of MS04 may be faulty.
Check the CBL05A, CBL051 and CBL052 for a short.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check the MS04 for its mounting state.
Check the toner cartridge for deformation or any fault.
Check if the toner cartridge is set correctly.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 171/379
6-29
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
2 Troubleshooting of "REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE" display
Push the lock of the lever with your finger to unlock, and pull the lever to the right.
Check the hopper of developer for toner remaining quantity.
Does the toner remain sufficiently (agitator shaft is not visible)?
Y N
Return the lever to the left.
Refill the toner.
Is "REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE" displayed again after one minute?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 25.
Is the "ON " displayed ?
Y N
Check the TS01 (toner remaining quantity sensor).
Check the CBL05A, CBL051 and CBL052 for a short.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control bard) or developer.
Check the toner cartridge for its expiration date.
Check if the toner was set after adequate agitation.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control bard).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 172/379
6-30
(3) "Replace waste toner cartridge" troubleshooting
This troubleshooting is used to analyze a trouble when a message concerning the waste toner
cartridge replacement is displayed and the print is disabled though the cartridge was replaced.
Perform the troubleshooting that corresponds to the following 1, 2 displayed on LCD of the
control panel.
1 Troubleshooting of "SET WASTE CARTRIDGE" display
Set the waste toner cartridge.
Does "SET WASTE CARTRIDGE" display on LCD disappear?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 16.
Is "On" displayed?
Y N
Check the MS05 (waste toner cartridge detection switch).
Contact fault of MS05.
Check the CBL03A, CBL031, or MS05 ASSY disconnected .
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check the MS05 for its mounting state.
Check the waste toner cartridge for deformation or any fault.
Check if the waste toner cartridge is set correctly.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
2 Troubleshooting of "CHANGE WASTE CARTRIDGE" display
Set the new waste toner cartridge.
Does "CHANGE WASTE CARTRIDGE" display on LCD disappear?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 26.
Is "On" displayed?
Y N
Check the MS05 (waste toner sensor).
(Check the TS02 by applying a magnetic screwdriver or steel plate such as a
metallic ruler, and full waste toner cartridge to the TS02.)
Check the TS02 and the cartridge for clearance.
Check the CBL03A, CBL031, and CBL035 for a short, loose connection, or
disconnection.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check the MS02 for its mounting state.
Check the waste toner cartridge for deformation or any fault.
Check if the waste toner cartridge is set correctly.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 173/379
6-31
Chapter 6 Troubleshooting (Engine Failure)
(4) "Replace paper" troubleshooting
This troubleshooting is used to analyze a trouble when a message concerning the paper
replacement is displayed and the print is disabled though the paper was replaced.
Perform the following troubleshooting according to the display on LCD of the control panel.
Troubleshooting of "SET PAPER" display
Set the paper roll attached with the paper flange.
Does "SET PAPER" display on LCD disappear?
Y N
Enter the maintenance code 06 in the engine maintenance mode. Select subcode 08, 09
and 10.
Is "On" displayed?
Y N
Check the PS11 (Roll 1 sensor) or PS12 (Roll 2 sensor).
Contacts in signal system of PS11 or PS12 may be faulty, or PS itself may be
faulty.
Check the CBL23, CBLR231, CBL24, CBLR241, CBL25 and CBLR251
for a short.
Check the PS11 or PS12 for its mounting position.
Check the flange guide for its mounting position.
If not so, replace the PCB-ASSY-MEC (engine control board).
Check the PS11 and PS12 for its mounting state.
Check the flange guide for its mounting position.
Check the paper flange for deformation or any fault.
Check if the paper flange is set correctly.
Replace the PCB-ASSY-RFU (motor drive board).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 174/379
7-1
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
This chapter describes the type of print quality troubles and its corrective measures.
7.1 Print Quality Troubleshooting Method
If a print quality trouble occurs, print an engine test pattern saved in the memory inside the
engine to check if there is a failure at the engine side (hereinafter a printing of this engine test
pattern is called the engine test print).
The print quality troubleshooting method is classified into the following two depending on thecontents of failure.
- For the failures in the plotting length accuracy or registration, measure the printed engine
test pattern at the position shown in "7.2 Troubleshooting in Case of a Plotting
Specification Failure" to judge whether the measured value satisfies the reference value.
- For the failures in the background or print density, check doubtful parts from the symptom
to take a corrective measure. See "7.3 Troubleshooting in Case of a Print Quality
Failure."
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 175/379
7-2
7.1.1 Type of Engine Test Patterns
To output engine test patterns, enter maintenance code 10 in the engine maintenance mode,
select the appropriate subcode, and execute the engine test print. For procedures on how to print
test patterns, see Section 2.3.10.
Table 7-1 shows the relationship between subcodes and engine test patterns.
Table 7-1 Engine Test Pattern List
Engine test pattern image outputs are shown on the next page.
Note: Test patterns on the next page are only example showing what patterns will
be output. Pattern sizes and intervals are different from those actually output.
Test patterns 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, and 17 are represented in solid black. But, they
have different images in actual output.
Test patterns 8, 9, and 10 are actually different with respect to line thickness.
Test patterns 14, 15, and 16 are actually different with respect to line
thickness and pattern combination.
Test patterns 18, or solid white pattern, is omitted in this example.
edocbuS nrettaptsetenignE metinoitaulavE
10 1nrettaP )sepirtslacitrevk ciht(arbezlacitreV tsohG-
20 2nrettaP draobrek cehC gniliosrepapesab / ytisnedtnirP-
30 3nrettaP latnozirohk ciht(arbezlatnoziroH
)sepirts
tsohG-
40 4nrettaP latnoziroh3yb1 rettiJ-
noitanimulliDELmrof inunoN-
raems / pik S-
tengamehtnoreyalrenotf onoitamroF-
rellor
noituloseR-
ytimrof inuegamI-
tnio jdaehDELf otnemtsu jdA-
noitisopnoitaxif f otnemtsu jdA-
50 5nrettaP latnoziroh2yb2
60 6nrettaP latnoziroh41yb2
70 7nrettaP hsemerauqstod-46,eniltod-1
80 8nrettaP semtod-1 senilnihtf oytilibicudorpeR-
htgneltnirpf otnemtsu jdadnatnemerusaeM-
noitartsigerf otnemtsu jdadnatnemerusaeM-
gnitnirpsuounitnoC-
90 9nrettaP hsemtod-2
01 01nrettaP hsemtod-4
11 11nrettaP tf ihstod-2,lacitrev2yb2 noitanimulliDELmrof inunI-
21 21nrettaP hseM+etihw / k calb enil / gniliosrepapesab / ytisnedegamI-
tnemerusaemhtdiw
31 31nrettaP elacs+hseM ssenerauqstuc / ycaruccahtgneltuC-
gnittolp / ycaruccahtgnelgnittolP-
ssenerauqs
noitartsigerf otnemtsu jdadnatnemerusaeM-
wek S-
senilnihtf oytilibicudorpeR-
gnitnirpsuounitnoC-
41 41nrettaP tod-1,eniltnals+hseM
51 51nrettaP tod-2,eniltnals+hseM
61 61nrettaP stod2dna1(,eniltnals+hseM
)dexim
71 71nrettaP k calbdiloS ytimrof inuegamI-
erusserppinrellorgnixif f otnemtsu jdA-81 81nrettaP etihwdiloS
91 91nrettaP acitrev3yb1noitanimulliDELmrof inunoN-
02 02nrettaP lacitrev2yb2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 176/379
7-3
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
Pattern 1 Pattern 2
Pattern 3 Pattern 4
Pattern 5
Pattern 6
Pattern 7
Pattern 11
Pattern 17
Pattern 8Pattern 9
Pattern 10
Pattern 12
Pattern 13 Pattern 14
Pattern 15
Pattern 16
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 177/379
7-4
7.2 Troubleshooting in Case of a Plotting Specification Failure
7.2.1 Plotting Specification and Measuring Method
Note: To check registrations (top edge and side), always print the appropriate testpatterns. Also, replace the normal paper and the tracing paper and execute the
engine test print. Sizes and intervals are different from those actually output.
Paper output direction
V
B
C
H2 block
2 block
(C - H2 + B2 ) / H2+B2 × 100
.oN metI noitisoptnemerusaeM dradnatS skrameR
1 f oycaruccA
htgnelgnittolp
tahtHlatnozirohehterusaeM:noitceridnacsniaM
.sk colb47f odesopmocsi
noisnemidlacitrevehterusaeM:noitceridnacsbuS
.sk colb401f odesopmocsitahtV
drihtehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*
.teehs
dna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW* .teehstsetehterusaem
mm738.01=k colb1*
:noitceridnacsniaM-
)mm4±(%5.0±208
:noitceridnacsbuS-
)mm6.5±(%5.0±1.7211
51nrettaptsetenignE
2 gnittolP
ssenerauqs
47f odesopmocHnoisnemidlatnozirohehterusaeM
dna,sk colb47f odesopmocBnoisnemidlacitrev,sk colb
ehtgnisussenerauqsehtetaluclacotCnoisnemidlanogaid
.noitauqegniwollof
drihtehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*
.teehs
dna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW*
.nrettaptsetehterusaem
mm738.01=k colb1*
%2.0±- 51nrettaptsetenignE
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 178/379
7-5
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
L
VK
2 block H1
H2
.oN metI noitisoptnemerusaeM dradnatS skrameR
3 egdepoT
noitartsiger
,egdethgirehtmorf detnuock colbht'KehtsseccA
ehtf onoisnemidlacitrevehtsitahtVerusaemdna
.sk colbtsomtnorf owt
ehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*.teehsdriht
dna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW*
.nrettaptsetehterusaem
mm738.01=k colb1*
.sk colb72=K:noitceridlacitrev1A*
.sk colb02=K:noitceridlacitrev2A
.sk colb51=K:noitceridlacitrev3A
.sk colb51=K:noitceridlatnoziroh4A
:noitceridlacitrev1A-
mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlacitrev2A-
mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlacitrev3A-mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlatnoziroh4A-
mm0.3±7.12
51nrettaptsetenignE-
4 retneC
noitartsiger
,egdepotehtmorf detnuock colbdnocesehtsseccA
f onoisnemidlatnozirohehtsitaht1Herusaemdna
.sk colbtsomthgirowteht
ehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*
.teehsdriht
dna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW*.nrettaptsetehterusaem
mm738.01=k colb1*
:noitceridlacitrev1A-
mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlacitrev2A-
mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlacitrev3A-
mm0.3±7.12
:noitceridlatnoziroh4A-mm0.3±7.12
51nrettaptsetenignE-
5 wek S dna,egdepotehtmorf detnuock colbht'LehtsseccA
ehtf onoisnemidlatnozirohehtsitaht2Herusaem
tegot1Hmorf 2HtcartbuS.sk colbtsomthgirowt
.wek s
.sk colb401=L:noitceridlacitrev0A*
.sk colb47=L:noitceridlacitrev1A
.sk colb05=L:noitceridlacitrev2A
.sk colb33=L:noitceridlacitrev3A
.sk colb22=L:noitceridlatnoziroh4A
:noitceridlacitrev0A-
mm6.5±
:noitceridlacitrev1A-
mm4±
:noitceridlacitrev2A-
mm7.2±
:noitceridlacitrev3A-
mm8.1±
:noitceridlatnoziroh4A-
mm2.1±
51nrettaptsetenignE-
Paper output direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 179/379
7-6
L
Paper output direction
V1
V2
7.2.2 Corrective Measure in Case of Plotting Specification Failure
The parameters that do not meet the required standards must be corrected referencing to the
appropriate procedures specified in Section 9.4 "Correction of Plotting Parameter."
.oN metI noitisoptnemerusaeM dradnatS skrameR
6 ycaruccahtgneltuC otpotmorf htgnelllarevoehtsihcihw,LerusaeM
.noitisoptsomthgirehtta,egdemottob
ehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*
.teehsdrihtdna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW*
.nrettaptsetehterusaem
:noitceridlacitrev0A-
mm0.6±9811
:noitceridlacitrev1A-
mm0.4±148
:noitceridlacitrev2A-mm0.3±495
:noitceridlacitrev3A-
mm0.3±024
latnoziroh4A-
mm0.3±012:noitcerid
51nrettaptsetenignE-
7 ssenerauqstuC ehtta)egdetf el(2Vdna)egdethgir(1VerusaeM
2VtcartbuS.egdepotehtmorf detnuock colbdnoces
.1Vmorf
ehterusaemdnanoisseccusnisteehseerhttuptuO*
.teehsdriht
dna,tuotnirpehtretf asetunim51tuobarof tiaW*
.nrettaptsetehterusaem
mm738.01=k colb1*
:noitceridlacitrev0A-
mm148 / 0.3±
:noitceridlacitrev1A-
mm495 / 0.2±
:noitceridlacitrev2A-
mm024 / 4.1±
:noitceridlacitrev3A-
mm792 / 0.1±
:noitceridlatnoziroh4A-
mm792 / 0.1±
51nrettaptsetenignE-
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 180/379
7-7
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
7.3 Troubleshooting in Case of a Print Quality Failure
Table 7-2 lists the image quality defects to be corrected. Troubleshooting procedures for
respective items are described in the following paragraphs.
Table 7-2 Image Quality Defects List
(1) Fog
(2) Uneven image density
(3) Fluctuation of image densityamong prints
(4) Low image density
(5) Lacking (partial)
(6) Poor image reproduction
(7) Lacking (horizontal blank streak)
(8) Lacking (vertical blank streak)
(9) Black stripe on print
(10) Black stripe (horizontal)
(11) Black stripe (vertical)
(12) Black banding (vertical)
(13) Black spot
(14) Unfixed toner
(15) Registration defect
(16) Image slanting
(17) Blank copy
(18) Image overlap
(19) Skip
(20) Smear
(21) Solid
All or part of image is fogged.
The image density is not uniform in the same print.
The image density is instable among prints.
The image density is low.
A part of the image is lost.
When the pattern is reproduced, the defect such as lacking is generated.
The image is lost in the form of horizontal streak.
The image is lost in the form of vertical streak.
Black stripes are printed on the paper partially or entirely.
Several black horizontal stripes are printed on the paper.
Several black vertical stripes are printed on the paper.
Black bands are printed on the paper.
Black spots are generated.
When the image is rubbed, the toner is separated from the paper.
The printed image is shifted vertically or horizontally.
The image is printed slantingly.
No image is printed on the paper.
The same image is printed in duplicate.
The section that should be reproduced horizontally is not generated.
Duplicated or smeary image is generated.
The paper is printed in complete black instead of image.
Item Description
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 181/379
7-8
(1) Fog
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
The image is fogged entirely or partially.
Print engine test patterns. The background is fogged.
Cause Measure
1. The developer blade suffers from poor charging
performance for reason(s) shown below.
The blade is worn/damaged.
The magnet roller surface is soiled/damaged.
The DV spacers on both sides of the magnet roller
are worn/damaged, or contact surfaces on both ends
of the drum are damaged/worn.
The DV spacers are faulty.
The drum surface that contacts the DV spacers is faulty.
1. Take the following action(s) depending on the cause
identified.
Clean or replace the blade.
Clean or replace the magnet roller.
Check the magnet roller surface and, if damaged,
replace the roller.
Replace the spacers if damaged.
2. The contact spring of the developer unit is in imperfect
contact.
2. Check the contact spring of the developer unit. Replace
the spring if necessary.
3. The charge unit is being discharged by itself or to other
parts/materials.
3. Check the operating condition of the charge unit. (Turn
on the charge unit , maintenance code <08> "01") Replace
the unit if necessary.
4. The drum is soiled or degraded.
The drum is photodegraded (the drum is exposed to the
lighting system and the like).
4. Replace the process cartridge.
When the process cartridge was exposed to fluorescent
lamps for 10 minutes, leave it in the dark place for
about 12 hours to restore the optical performance.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 182/379
7-9
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
Cause Measure
5. The charge elimination LED suffers from imperfect
lighting or soiling.
5. Check the charge elimination LED for turn-on.
(maintenance <08> "05")Clean the LED.
6. Unspecified toner is used. 6. Instruct the user to use only the specified toner. Clean the
entire developer unit.
7. The output of the charge unit is high or low.
The charge unit is imbalanced between left and right.
7. Measure the current on the charge unit monitor terminal
CH1 of the high-voltage power unit. See Section 9.1.1.
Check the charge unit roller 1 for wear, damage, and
soiling. Replace it if necessary.
8. The bias output of the developer unit is high or low. 8. Adjust the developer unit bias. See Sections 9.1.2 and
9.1.3.
Check CBL22 of the developer unit bias for connection.
9. The separator is not discharging the electricity. 9. Check the data accessed with the code <08> "04."
Adjust the separation unit bias. See Section 9.1.5.
10. The toner is fed too much.
The space between drum and roll becomes short due to
worn DV spacers.
10. Replace the magnet roller, as well as DV spacers at both
ends of the roller.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 183/379
7-10
(2) Uneven image density
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
Print engine test patterns.
The density and line thickness are nonuniform on a place-by-
place basis.
Cause Measure
1. The bias output of the developer unit is low or the contact
spring is in imperfect contact.
2. Check the bias output of the developer unit.
(maintenance <09> "02")
Check the contact spring for contact condition.
2. The developer blade is worn entirely or partially. 3. When the blade has been used to output more than
80000 sheets, replace it.
When the blade is remarkably worn, replace it.
3. The LED head and lens are soiled. 4. Clean the LED head and lens.
4. The drum is soiled or degraded. 5. Replace the process cartridge.
5. The magnet roller is worn. 6. Replace the magnet roller.
6. The photosensitive drum is not grounded completely. 7. Check the drum for grounding.
Check the frame leaf spring.
Check the installation condition of the process
cartridge.
7. The toner is not fed uniformly due to worn magnet roller. 8. Check the toner formation on the magnet roller. If the
thickness of the toner layer is substantially fluctuating,
replace the roller.
8. The luminous strobe width of the LED head is
improperly set.
9. Check the maintenance code <12> "731" to "733" data.
Check the luminous energy indicated on the LED head
to verify the luminous strobe width can generate the
energy. If the strobe width is not properly set, adjust it.
See Section 9.3.
If the trouble is not removed, enter the strobe width
larger than the setting to recheck the machine condition.
9. The remaining toner is short. 10. Check the toner amount sensor (TS01) and refill the toner.
10. The toner is not fed smoothly since the area between the
developer blade and the magnet roller is blocked by dust.
11. Clean or replace the developer blade and the magnet roller.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 184/379
7-11
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(3) Fluctuation of image density among prints
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
larevesnodetnirpylsuounitnocsinrettaptsetemasehtnehW
.stuotnirpesohtgnomatneref f idsiytisnedegamieht,steehs
esuaC erusaeM
.1 .dedargedrodeliossimurdehT .1 .egdirtracssecorpehtecalperronaelC
.2 .tcerrocnisitinurepolevedehtf otuptuosaibehT .tinurepolevedehtf otuptuosaibehtk cehC
tuptuosaibehttsu jdA)>20<90edocecnanetiam(
eeS.tluserehtotgnidrocca 2.1.9snoitceS dna 3.1.9 .
.noitidnoctcatnocrof gnirpstcatnocehtk cehC
.3 elbuortsihT(.rellortengamnrowoteudtrohssirenotehT
).etartnirphgihtaruccootenorpsi
.3 ehtf I.rellortengamehtnonoitamrof renotehtk cehC
ehtecalper,demrof tonsireyalehtronihtsireyalrenot
.rellor
.4 euddesaercedsirenotehtf oyticapacnoitacif irtceleehT
enorpsielbuortsihT(.rellortengamdegamadronrowot
).etartnirphgihtaruccoot
.4 rebmunehtf I(.edalbehtecalperronaelC.edalbehtk cehC
edalbsadenif edeulavehtdedeecxesahsteehstuptuof o
).edalbehtecalper,ef ilecivres
.5 .desusirenotdeif icepsnU .5 .tinurepolevederitneehtnaelC.resuehttcurtsnI
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 185/379
7-12
(4) Low image density
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
The density of the copied image is low. The line width
equivalent to 3 dots is thin.
Cause Measure
1. The LED head and lens are soiled. 1. Clean the LED head and lens.
2. The drum is degraded. 2. Replace the process cartridge.
3. The LED duty is low. 3. Check the LED duty (maintenance code <12> "731,"
"732," "733"). See Section 9.3 for the standard value.
4. The developer blade is worn. 4. Replace the developer blade.
5. The bias output of the developer unit is low. 5. Check the developer bias voltage. See Sections 9.1.2and 9.1.3.
Check the developer spring for contact.
6. The charge unit discharges electricity excessively. 6. Check the discharge level (maintenance code <09> "01").
Check the load current. (high-voltage power unit terminal
CH1) See Section 9.1.1.
7. The transfer unit discharges the electricity faulty. 7. Check the charge wire (2) for looseness.
Clean the charge wire (2).
Check the transfer unit for installation condition.
Check the discharge level of the transfer unit (maintenance
code <09> "03").
Check the load current. (high-voltage power unit terminal
CH3) See Section 9.1.4.8. The drum is not grounded completely. 8. Check the drum for grounding.
Check the frame leaf spring.
Check the installation condition of the process cartridge.
9. Unspecified toner is used. 9. Instruct the user.
10. The developing clearance is increased due to soiled or
scratched DV spacers.
10. Check the DV spacers.
Check the drum surface that contacts the DV spacers.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 186/379
7-13
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(5) Lacking (partial)
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
A part of the image is not printed.
Cause Measure
1. The paper is dampened. 1. Replace the paper.
Instruct the user.
2. The toner is short or unevenly charged. 2. Refill the toner.
If the toner is run out, check the toner amount sensor.
While there is no toner, check the magnet roller surface
for roughness. Replace the roller if necessary.
3. The drum is degraded or soiled. 3. Replace the process cartridge. Cleaning photodegrades the
drum. So, wait until the photodegradation is no longer
observed.
4. The transfer unit discharges the electricity faulty. 4. Check the charge wire (2) for looseness.
Check the transfer unit for installation condition.
Check the output of the transfer unit (maintenance
code <09>"03").
Check the current consumption at the high-voltage
power unit terminal CH3. See Section 9.1.4.
5. The paper does not contact the drum completely during
the transfer process due to faulty paper feed such as skew.
5. Check the clearance between drum bottom and the
transfer guide plate.
For the skew, see "No. 5" in Section 7.2.1.
6. Correct pressure is not applied due to deformed developer
blade.
6. Replace the developer blade.
7. The magnet roller surface is scratched or worn. 7. Replace the magnet roller.
8. The DV spacers are damaged. 8. Check the DV spacers.
Check the drum surface that contacts the DV spacers.
9. Bits are missing. 9. Conduct the corrective action specified in "Poor image
reproduction." See the next page.
10. The paper path is not parallel. 10. Adjust the installation position of the fixation.
See Section 9.4.2
11. The agitator is deformed or incorrectly mounted. 11. Replace the agitator spring.
12. The toner is not fed smoothly since the area between the
developer blade and the magnet roller is blocked by dust.
12. Clean or replace the developer blade and the magnet roller.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 187/379
7-14
(6) Poor image reproduction
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
emosotdecudorpererasnrettap,tuptuoerasnrettaptsetnehW
.devresboeraselbuortgniwollof ehttubtnetxe
retcarahcytluaF
.gnissimerastiB
.dnablacitrevediwmm-8f omrof ehtnignissimsiegamiehT
.)ylmodnar(detaepersiegamiehT
esuaC erusaeM
.1 .evitcef edsidaehDELehT .1 .noitareporof daehDELehtk cehC
.2 .detsu jdayltcerrocnisitinurewopegatlov-hgihehT .2 eeS.tinurewopegatlov-hgihehttsu jdA 1.9noitceS .
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 188/379
7-15
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(7) Lacking (horizontal blank streak)
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, horizontal streaks are
generated, leading to imperfect image.
Cause Measure
1. The paper is dampened. 1. Replace the paper.
Instruct the user.
2. The transfer unit discharges the electricity faulty. 2. Check the charge wire (2) for looseness.
Check the transfer unit for installation condition.
Check the output of the transfer unit (maintenance
code <09>"03").
Check the load current at the high-voltage power unit
terminal CH3. See Section 9.1.4.
3. The bias of the developer unit suffers from imperfectcontact or unstable output. 3.
C heck the contact developer s pr ing f or contactcondition.
Check the developer bias output (maintenance code
<08>"02"). Adjust the bias output. See Sections 9.1.2and 9.1.3.
4. The magnet roller is rotation incorrectly.
The drive system (gears) of the developer unit suffers
from damage or galling.
The DV spacers are damaged or rotation is incorrectly.
4. Turn the gears of the developer unit to check the magnet
roller for rotation.
Check the drive system of developer unit.
Check DV spacers for damage.
Check the contact surfaces between DV spacers and
the drum for deformation and dust adhesion.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 189/379
7-16
(8) Lacking (vertical blank streak)
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, blank space is generated
vertically in the form of streak.
Cause Measure
1. The paper is dampened. 1. Replace the paper.
Instruct the user.
2. The charge wire 2 is soiled. 2. Clean or replace the charge wire (2).
3. The toner is short or unevenly charged. 3. Refill the toner
If the toner is run out, check the toner amount sensor.
While there is no toner, check the magnet roller surface
for roughness. Replace the roller if necessary.
4. The pressure is substantially increased due to deformed
developer blade. Foreign materials are mixed into the
machine.
4. Check the developer blade for deformation.
5. The LED head is faulty. 5. Check the LED head for operation.
If the LED is faulty, replace the head.
6. A part of the magnet roller is worn or scratched, resulting
in short toner feeding.
6. Check the magnet roller surface. Check whether the toner
layer is formed on the surface and, if not, replace the
roller.
7. A s oft blocking (coagulation of toner br ought by
decreased fluidity) occurs in the developer unit due to
application of unspecified toner.
7. Instruct the user. Clean the entire developer unit.
8. The LED head and lens are soiled. 8. Clean the LED head and lens.
9. The LED head does not emit light. 9. Check the LED head for operation.
10. The charge unit grid is soiled. 10. Clean the grid.
11. The toner on the magnet roller is partially thick. 11. Check whether the developer blade (DV) is scratched and,
if so, replace the blade.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 190/379
7-17
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(9) Black stripe on print
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
tonsinrettapeht,detnirpsinrettaptsetenigneehtnehW
egamiehtnodetarenegerasepirtsk calb,daetsnI.decudorper .yleritneroyllaitrap
esuaC erusaeM
.1 sepirtsetihwrok calbf omrof ehtniraeppastcef edehT
.snrettapevitcef edrogniliosf oepytehtnognidneped
.1 .noitareporof daehDELehtk cehC
.daehDELehtecalper,nodenrutsinoitcestnavelerehtf I
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 191/379
7-18
(10) Black stripe (horizontal)
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, black bands are generated
on the paper.
Cause Measure
1. Charge wire 1 is soiled or foreign materials adhere on the
wire.
1. Replace the process cartridge.
2. The developer blade is damaged or in imperfect contact. 2. Replace the developer blade.
3. The LED head is faulty. 3. Check the LED head for operation.
4. There are members or foreign materials that contact the
paper in the paper path between the drum and the heat
roller.
4. Check whether there are members or foreign materials that
contact the paper.
5. In the paper path between the drum and the heat roller, the
paper is sagged to resultantly get in touch with machinemembers.
5. Check the heat roller and suction drive systems.
Check the evacuation performance and operatingcondition of the suction fan.
Following lists the outer diameter and perimeter of the roller-related parts. Locate the failed part
from cycles of the trouble observed in the print sample, and then replace or clean it.
Parts Outer diameter (mm) Perimeter (mm)
Photosensitive drum 60 188
Heat roller 50 157
Backup roller 53 167
Developing sleeve 40 63
LED roller 12 38
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 192/379
7-19
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(11) Black stripe (vertical)
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
tubdecudorpersiegamieht,detnirpsinrettaptsetehtnehW
era,mm1nahtsselsihtdiwesohw,sepirtsk calblareves .noitceriddeef repapehtnidetareneg
esuaC erusaeM
.1 .detairtssimurdehT
.murdehtoterehdaslairetamngieroF
.1 .egdirtracssecorpehtecalpeR
tcatnoctahtslairetamngierof eraerehtrehtehwk cehC
.tidnuoramurdeht
seref retni)CPO(regnif noitarapesehtrehtehwk cehC
.murdehthctarcsotmurdehthtiw
.2 .detairtssirellortaehehT .2 .rellortaehehtecalpeR
tcatnoctahtslairetamngierof eraerehtrehtehwk cehC
.tidnuorataehrelloreht
.3 .tilsiDELehtf otibehT .3 ,f f odenruttonsidaehDELehtf otibtnavelerehtnehW .daehDELehtecalper
.4 ehttcatnoctahtslairetamngierof rosrebmemeraerehT
taehehtdnamurdehtneewtebhtaprepapehtnirepap
.rellor
.4 tahtslairetamngierof rosrebmemeraerehtrehtehwk cehC
.repapehttcatnoc
.5 repapeht,rellortaehdnamurdneewtebhtaprepapehtnI
enihcamhtiwhcuotnitegyltnatluserotdeggassi
.srebmem
.5 .smetsysevirdnoitcusdnarellortaehehtk cehC
gnitarepodnaecnamrof repnoitaucaveehtk cehC
.naf noitcusehtf onoitidnoc
.6 .dehctarcssiedalbrenaelcehT .6 .egdirtracssecorpehtecalpeR
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 193/379
7-20
(12) Black banding (vertical)
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
decudorpersiegamieht,detnirpsinrettaptsetehtnehW
laretalehtnidetarenegerasepirtsk calblarevestub.)noitceriddeef repapehtotlamronnoitcerideht(noitcerid
esuaC erusaeM
.1 lellarapnoitceridehtnideliosrodegamadsimurdehT
erasepirtsk calbeht,esacsihtnI(.sixamurdehtot
).mm081f olavretniehttadetareneg
.1 f imurdehtnaelcrO.egdirtracssecorpehtecalpeR
.delios
.2 murdehtotserehdaedalbrenaelcehtmorf renotehT
tadetarenegerasepirtsk calbeht,esacsihtnI(.ecaf rus
).mm081f olavretnieht
.2 egdirtracssecorpehtecalperrO.murdehtnaelC
.3 .dehctarcssiecaf rusrellortaehehT .3 .rellortaehehtecalperrok cehC
.4 .dehctarcssiecaf rusrellortengamehT .4 .tiecalper,dehctarcssiecaf rusrellortengamehtnehW
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 194/379
7-21
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(13) Black spot
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, black spots are generated onthe paper.
Cause Measure
1. The drum is scratched or soiled. (The black sports are
generated at the interval of 180 mm.)
1. Replace the process cartridge. Or, clean the drum if soiled.
2. The heat roller surface is scratched or soiled. 2. Check and clean or replace the heat and backup rollers.
3. After the drum passes through the bottom of the drum, it
contacts the separation finger (OPC).
3. Check and correct the poorly discharging separation
unit. (Measure the current at the terminal CH4 of the
high-voltage power unit.) See Section 9.1.5.Check the wire for breakage.
Check the separation unit for discharging (maintenancecode <09>"04").
Check the heat roller and backup rollers for faulty
rotation.
Check the belt (TRANS) for expansion and slip.
4. The toner is dropping from the separation finger (OPC)
and cleaner.
4. Clean the separation finger (OPC) and cleaner.
Check the separation finger (OPC). Replace if
necessary.
5. The magnet roller surface is scratched to cause a leak
between the developer bias and the drum.
5. Check the magnet roller surface for scratches. If it is
damaged, replace the roller.
Check the bias output of the developer unit (maintenance
code <09>"02"). Adjust the bias output according to the
result. See Sections 9.1.2 and 9.1.3.
6. The charge wire (2) is loosened. 6. Replace the charge wire (2).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 195/379
7-22
(14) Unfixed toner
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
If the copied characters and image are rubbed with hands,
they are easily separated from the paper.
Cause Measure
1. The paper is defective. 1. Replace the paper.
Instruct the user.
2. The heat roller is scratched or deformed. 2. Replace the roller.
3. The backup roller pressure is short. 3. C he ck a nd a dj us t th e n ip p re ssu re ( ma in te na nc e c ode
<09> "07," 08," "09" ).
For adjustment procedures, see Section 9.4.1.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 196/379
7-23
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(15) Registration defect
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, registrations are shifted
vertically or horizontally.
Cause Measure
1. Vertical shift: The registrations are adjusted incorrectly. 1. Adjust the top edge registration (maintenance code<11>
"01").
For adjustment procedures, see Section 9.4.6.
2. Vertical shift: The registration clutch CL04 is slippery or
galled.
2. Replace the clutch (registration) CL04.
3. Horizontal shift: The side registrations are adjusted
incorrectly.
3. Adjust the side registrations. (maintenance code<11>
"02." for adjustment procedures, see Section 9.4.7)
4. Vertical shift: The registration torque limiter is faulty. 4. Replace the torque limiter.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 197/379
7-24
(16) Image slanting
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
The paper is skewed and resultantly the image is printed
on the slant.
Cause Measure
1. The paper is not loaded correctly. 1. Reload the paper.
Instruct the user.
2. The paper feed roller nonuniformly contacts the paper.
Or, the roller is nonuniformly worn.
2. Replace the paper feed roller.
3. The registration roller nonuniformly contacts the pinch
roller. Or, either or both rollers are nonuniformly worn.
3. Replace the registration and pinch rollers.
4. The cutaway roller suffers from nonuniform contact or
wear.
4. Replace the cutaway roller.
5. The fixation is not mounted at the correct position. 5. Adjust the fixation mounted position. See section 9.4.2.
6. The nip pressure of the heat roller is improperly adjusted.
Or, the pressure is imbalanced.
6. Adjust the nip pressure. (maintenance code <09> "07,"
"08," "09," for adjustment procedures, see Section 9.4.1.)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 198/379
7-25
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(17) Blank copy
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
detnirpsiegamiehtyltnatluserdnadewek ssirepapehT
.tnalsehtno
esuaC erusaeM
.1 .tuonursirenotehT .1 .renotehtllif eR
ecaf rusrellortengamehtk cehc,renotonsierehtelihW
.ssenhguorrof
.rosnestnuomarenotehtk cehc,tuonursirenotehtf I
.2 .tinurepolevedehtnotuptuosaibonsierehT .2 ecnanetniam(.tinurepolevedehtf otuptuosaibehtk cehC
)"20">90<edoc
tcatnocrof gnirpstcatnoctinurepolevedehtk cehC
.noitidnoc
roF.saibtinurepolevedehttsu jda,tuptuoonsierehtf I
ees,serudecorptnemtsu jda 2.1.9snoitceS dna 3.1.9 .
.3 .yticirtceleehtgnigrahcsidtonsitinuref snartehT .3 .tcennocsidrof )2(eriwegrahcehtk cehC
ecnanetniam(.tinuref snartehtf otuptuoehtk cehC
ees,serudecorptnemtsu jdarof ,"30">90<edoc snoitceS2.1.9 dna 3.1.9 ).
.4 sepirtsk calbroypock calbdiloS(.ytluaf sidaehDELehT
).snrettaptsetehtnognidnepeddevresboera
.4 .noitareporof daehDELehtk cehC
.5 .yltcerrocdednuorgtonsimurdehT .5 .gnidnuorgrof murdehtk cehC
.gnirpsf aelemarf ehtk cehC
.egdirtracssecorpehtf onoitidnocnoitallatsniehtk cehC
.6 .yltcerrocdetnuomtonsignirpsrotatigaehT .6 f itiecalpeR.yltcerrocgnirpsrotatigaehttnuoM
.demrof ed
.7 eht,rO.degamadsimetsysevirdtinurepolevedehT
.detatortonsirotomrepoleved
.7 .degamadf itiecalpeR.tinuleehwevirdehtk cehC
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 199/379
7-26
(18) Image overlap
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
The image remains on the drum and resultantly the same
image is printed on the paper.
Cause Measure
1. The cleaner blade suffers from imperfect contact (due to
hardening or wear).
1. Check the cleaner blade for contact condition. Replace
it if necessary.
The blade is hardened at low temperatures.
2. The charge elimination LED is not turned on. 2. Check the deelectrification LED for operation. (maintenance
code <06>"05," "06")
3. The heat roller is offset. 3. Clean the heat roller.
4. When the exposure drum is photodegraded with the toner
image adhered to it, the image overlap defect occurs.
4. Leave the process cartridge in a dark place for about 12
hours.
5. The drum is aged or degraded. 5. Replace the process cartridge.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 200/379
7-27
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(19) Skip
elpmastnirP dohtemkcehcdnamotpmyselbuorT
sinrettapdirgehtf otrapa,detnirpsinrettaptsetehtnehW
.)noitceridlatnozirohehtni(decudorperton
esuaC erusaeM
.1 detatortoneratinurepolevedehtf osrecapsVDehT
.dehctarcsrodeliossiecaf rusrecapseht,rO.yltcerroc
.1 .srecapsVDehtecalpeR
srecapsVDehttcatnoctahtsecaf rusehtrehtehwk cehC
.demrof edera
.2 .demrof ederamurdehtf oegdehtobnosraeG .2 .egamadrof sraeghtobk cehC
.3 .yltcerrocdetatortonsirellortengamehT .3 htoomsnitluserlliwsraegehtgninrutrehtehwk cehC
.rellortengamehtf onoitator
ehtf oegdehtobnosrecapsVDehtrehtehwk cehC
.degamaderarellortengam.4 yltcerrocdetatortonsimurdehtrodek colbsirenaelcehT
.sraegdegamadoteud
.4 .renaelcehtnaelC
detareposimurdehtrehtehwk cehcotraegehtnruT
.ylhtooms
.5 .denepmadsirepapehT .5 .repapehtecalpeR
.resuehttcurtsnI
.6 .noisehdatsudrogniliosmorf sref f usecaf rusmurdehT .6 .egdirtracssecorpehtecalperro,murdehtnaelC
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 201/379
7-28
(20) Smear
Print sample Trouble symptom and check method
When the test pattern is printed, duplicated or smeary image
is generated on the grid pattern.
Horizontal lines are duplicated or smeared.
Cause Measure
1. The gears and paper feed system are damaged. 1. Replace the gears.
2. The magnet roller is not rotated correctly. 2. Check whether turning the gears will result in smooth
rotation of the magnet roller.
Check whether the tracking rollers on both edge of the
magnet roller are damaged.
3. The cleaner is blocked or the drum is not rotated correctly
due to damaged gears.
3. Replace the process cartridge.
4. The cutter is not working correctly. 4. Check the paper path mechanism.
5. The fixation is not mounted at the appropriate position. 5. Adjust the position of the fixation. For adjustment procedures,
see Section 9.4.2.
6. In the paper path system, there are some obstacles that
hinder the paper feed.
6. Check the paper path system.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 202/379
7-29
Chapter 7 Troubleshooting (Print Quality Failure)
(21) Solid black
Is the pattern image identifiable?
Y N
Is the charge wire working? (Check the load current of the charger. See Section 9.1.1)
Y N
Check the CBL21 for its connection and short.
Is a blank space observed at the top or bottom edge of the print?
Y N
Check the charger and surroundings for short.
(Execute the troubleshooting "2032." See Section 6.3.1(6).)
Adjust the load current of the charger. see Section 9.1.1.
Check the LED head for operation.
If necessary, replace the LED head.
Check the load current of the charger. See Section 9.1.1.
Check the charger and surroundings for short (Execute the troubleshooting "2032." See Section
6.3.1(6).)
Check the bias output of the developer. (maintenance code <08> "02", for adjustment procedures,
see Section 9.1.2 and 9.1.3)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 203/379
8-1
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
This chapter describes how to disassemble and assemble the device when it is necessary to
replace the parts.
8.1 How to Read This Manual
8.1.1 Rules for Disassembly/Assembly
This Section defines several rules used in the part replacement (disassembly/assembly)
procedures.
Note: Before disassembling the intended section, examine and comprehend thecomplete installation condition. This allows you to assemble the device
smoothly.
Before replacing a part, be sure to turn the device off and unplug the
power cable from the power outlet.
To protect the photosensitive material from degradation, be sure to close
the upper cover whenever unnecessary.
Removal : Shows the disassembling procedures. Note that some procedures are detailed in
illustrations.
Installation : Shows the assembling procedures. Since the device is assembled by executing the
disassembling procedures reversely, only precautions are described in the
assembling procedures.
Direction : Positions and directions (including those of engine interior) described in the
procedures are defined as follows (see Figure 8-1).
Front : Front panel of the device
Right : Right panel of the device when viewed from the front
Left : Left panel of the device when viewed from the front
Rear : Rear panel of the device
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 204/379
8-2
8.1.2 Covers
Figure 8-1 shows the nomenclatures of the covers attached to the device.
Figure 8-1 Nomenclatures of Covers
Manual feed cover
Front cover
Front cover 2
Roll 1 door
Roll 2 door
Top cover
Right upper cover
Filter cover 1
Waste toner door
Filter cover 2
FDR cover
FDL cover
Left upper cover 1
Rear cover 2
Rear cover 1
Cutter door
Buffer door
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 205/379
8-3
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2 Replacing the Parts
8.2.1 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-MRC (MRC 2 Board)
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs)
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs)
Right upper cover
Left upper cover
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 206/379
8-4
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs)
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each)
5 Disconnect the connector provided on both side of the device.
Connector on the left side of the device
FDL cover
FDR cover
Front cover 2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 207/379
8-5
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
White connector CN5A (13 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN5B (8 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN6A (9 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN6B (14 pins, Red and black stripes)
Secondary power supply translucent connector (4 pins, Red and black stripes/Orange and black stripes)
Secondary power supply translucent connector (6 pins, Red and black stripes)
* More connectors are used on the FM model.
White connector (15 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector (6 pins, Red and black stripes)
Blue connector (15 pins, Red and black stripes)
Secondary power supply blue connector (6 pins, Red and black stripes)
Connector on the right side of the device:
White connector CN1A (12 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN1B (10 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN3A (13 pins, Red and black stripes)
White connector CN4A (11 pins, Red and black stripes)
Blue connector CN3B (10 pins, Red and black stripes)
Blue connector CN4B (11 pins, Red and black stripes)
Primary power supply connector (2 pins, Black and white stripes)Primary power supply connector (4 pins, Black and white stripes)
Secondary power supply connector (2 pins, Red and black stripes/Orange and brown stripes)
Secondary power supply connector C105 (6 pins, Orange and brown stripes)
High-voltage power supply connector (Red stripes) 4
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 208/379
8-6
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors.
Left side of the device:
Right side of the device:
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 5 pcs each)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 209/379
8-7
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box.
9 Remove the cable clamp (2 clamps on MF model) (2 set screws) and the cable to take out the
electrical box.
Electrical box
Cable clamp (for MF alone) Cable clamp
0 Remove the board cover (set screw 8 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 210/379
8-8
A Remove the MRC2 board. (set screw 8 pcs)
As for the MF model, remove MSC2 board before removing the electrical box. (6 set screws)
EEPROM
B Remove EEPROM and transfer it to the new board.
MSC2 board
(As for MF model)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 211/379
8-9
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.2 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-USB (USB 2 board)
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 3.
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each) See Section 8.2.1 4.
5 Unplug the connectors. See Section 8.2.1 5.
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors. See Section 8.2.1 6.
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 5 pcs each) See Section 8.2.1 7.
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box. See Section 8.2.1 8.
9 Remove the cable clamp by unscrewing the two set screws, disconnect the cable, and remove
the electrical box. See Section 8.2.1 9.
0 Remove the board cover. (set screw 8 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 0.
A Remove the USB board. (set screw 4 pcs and connector 1 pc.)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 212/379
8-10
8.2.3 Replacing the PCB-ASSY-MEC (MEC board)
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 3.
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each) See Section 8.2.1 4.
5 Unplug the connectors. See Section 8.2.1 5.
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors. See Section 8.2.16.
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 5 pcs each) See Section 8.2.1 7.
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box. See Section 8.2.1
8.
9 Remove the cable clamp by unscrewing the two set screws, disconnect the cable, and remove
the electrical box. See Section 8.2.1 9.
0 Remove the board cover. (set screw 8 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 0.
A Remove the MEC board. (set screw 6 pcs and connector 5 pcs)
As for the MF model, remove MSC2 board before removing the electrical box. (6 set screws)
NVRAM
B Remove NVRAM and transfer it to the new board.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 213/379
8-11
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.4 Replacing the Controller Fan
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 3.
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each) See Section 8.2.1 4.
5 Unplug connectors. See Section 8.2.1 5.
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors. See Section 8.2.1 6.
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 5 pcs each) See Section 8.2.1 7.
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box. See Section 8.2.1
8.
9 Remove the cable clamp by unscrewing the two set screws, disconnect the cable, and remove
the electrical box. See Section 8.2.1 9.
0 Remove the board cover. (set screw 8 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 0.
A Remove the fan. (set screw 2 pcs)
Controller fan
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 214/379
8-12
8.2.5 Replacing the Paper Size Sensor and Paper Jam Sensor
<Removal>
1 Remove the cutter door. (set screw 4 pcs)
2 Remove the connector (1 pc each) and set screw (1 pc each) from disconnect the paper size
sensor and paper jam sensor.
Cutter door
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 215/379
8-13
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.6 Replacing the Cutter Unit
<Before starting the replacement>
Note: Be sure to turn the main power switch off before starting replacement,
because cutter replacement work involves connection and disconnection
of the connector.
Make sure that the connectors are correctly connected before operation,
because if the power is turned on when the connector is improperly
connected, the device will not start properly.
Be careful during the work to prevent personal injury. The cutter is bare -
not protected with a cover.
Moving blade Fixed blade
Main power switch
<Removal>
1 Draw out roll 1 door. (1st stage alone)
Open the roll 1 door somewhat so that it may not interfere with removal of the cutter unit.
Roll 1 door
2 Remove the cutter cover. (Set screws 4 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 216/379
8-14
Cutter cover
Rear cover 2
3 Remove the rear cover 2. (Set screws 4 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 217/379
8-15
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
4 Unplug the connector
Note Use care when removing the connector so that the receiving side pin may
not be bent.
1. Remove the connectors for the cutter motor and the paper size sensor from connectors
CN27 and CN28 on RFU board, and then place them on the feed board box.
2. Remove the connectors wired from the low-pressure power supply on the device body,
feed pulse motor and MEC board from connectors CN21, CN22 and CN29. Then pull
them out from the side face of the feed board box and fix them on the sheet metal with
a piece of tape.
(Remove the cable from the device body since it interferes with removal of the cutter
unit.)
Fix them using tape to protect
them from damage.
Pull it upward
Cable of cutter unit
Cable being led from the device body
Pull it sideways
Cutter center
supporting sheet metal
5 Remove the cutter center supporting sheet metal (Screws: 2 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 218/379
8-16
6 Remove the cutter guide supporting sheet metal (Set screws 4 pcs)
This sheet metal is provided at the bottom of the device. Reasonable care is needed in its
removal since it is somewhat difficult to remove and can be easily dropped and lost.
Pin (Pin on the opposite side is provided on the
backside of the motor)
Tilt the cutter unit somewhat
and then pull it out straight.
Be sure to tilt the cutter unit. Otherwise, the
motor bottom can damage the wiring harness.
Tilt and then pull it out gradually.
The cutter unit is fitted to the pins on the device body. So remove the pins first.
Reasonable care must be exercised in the removal not to drop it inadvertently. (The same holds
true for the installation.)
For details of the work, see the following "Cutter Unit Removal Procedure".
<Cutter Unit Removal Procedure>
Note Don't remove all screws at one time. Otherwise, the cutter might fall off.
Be sure to support the cutter while removing the screws.
Removed parts
Screws : 14 pcs
Covers : Rear cover 2 and cutter cover 1 pcs for eachSmall part : Cutter center supporting sheet metal 1 pcs
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 219/379
8-17
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
<Installation>
1 Install the replacing cutter. (Set screws 6 pcs)
Install the cutter in the procedure reverse to the removal.
1. Tilt the cutter somewhat and then install it straight.
Like in the removal, use care not to damage the cable on the bottom of the cutter motor.
When fixing the unit with the screws, hold the unit with hand while taking care not to
lose the screws.
Position of the screws for the cutter center supporting
sheet metal depends on the given model.
Cutter centersupporting sheet metal
Butt positionFor 1- or 2-stage
feed
2. Fit the cutter unit to the pins on the device body.
3. After fitting to the pins, fix the cutter unit with the screws.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 220/379
8-18
2 Plug the connector.
1. Lead in the cutter motor connector and the paper size sensor connector of the cutter
unit through the top and insert them to connectors CN27 and CN28 on the RFU board.
Use care so that cables may not
be caught with surrounding parts.
Cutter coverRear cover 2
Roll 1 door
2. Lead in the connectors from the low-voltage power supply on the device body, feed
pulse motor and MEC board through the side face and then insert to connectors CN21,
CN22 and CN29 on RFU board.
3 Install the cutter cover and rear cover 2, and then close the roll 1 door. (Set screws 8 pcs)
4 Turn on the main power switch and proceed to adjustment of the cut length accuracy.
It is a must to confirm the normal operation of the device and to adjust squareness of the cut.
For adjustment of squareness of the cut, see 9.4.3 of this document.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 221/379
8-19
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.7 Replacing the High Voltage Power Unit
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 3.
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each) See Section 8.2.1 4.
5 Unplug the connectors. See Section 8.2.1 5.
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors. See Section 8.2.1 6
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 3 pcs each) See Section 8.2.1 7.
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box. See Section 8.2.1
8.
9 Remove the cable clamp by unscrewing the two set screws, disconnect the cable, and remove
the electrical box. See Section 8.2.1 9.
0 Unplug the all connectors from the high voltage power unit.
A Remove the high voltage power unit. (set screw 9 pcs)
High-voltage power supply unit
Remove the cable and then install on
the new high-voltage power supply unit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 222/379
8-20
8.2.8 Replacing the Low Voltage Power Unit
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover 2. (set screw 3 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 3.
4 Remove FDL and FDR covers. (set screw, 1 pc each) See Section 8.2.1 4.
5 Unplug the connectors. See Section 8.2.1 5.
6 Push in the cables being exit from the electrical box to the electrical box along with the
connectors. See Section 8.2.1 6.
7 Remove the front cover. (set screw, 3 pcs each) See Section 8.2.1 7.
8 Remove the three set screws from the electrical box and pull out the box. See Section 8.2.1
8.
9 Remove the cable clamp by unscrewing the two set screws, disconnect the cable, and remove
the electrical box. See Section 8.2.1 9.
0 Unplug the all connectors from the low voltage power unit.
A Remove the low voltage power unit. (set screw 6 pcs)
Low-voltage power supply unit
The screw is not provided in this portion on the
low-voltage power supply models with the
improved sturdiness against damages.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 223/379
8-21
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.9 Replacing the Power Switch
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Unplug the power switch connectors.
3 Remove the bracket that secures the power switch and remove the switch. (set screw 2 pcs)
Power switch
connectors
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 224/379
8-22
Filter cover 2
Filter cover 1
8.2.10 Replacing the Filter
<Removal>
1 Remove the filter cover 1 or filter cover 2.
2 Remove respective filters.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 225/379
8-23
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.11 Replace the waste toner bottle switch and the waste toner sensor.
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the waste toner bottle.
Waste toner bottle
Sheet metal on MS05
sensor
TS02 sensor
MS05 switch
Sheet metal on TS02 sensor
3 Remove the sheet metals. (Set screws 2 pcs for each sheet metal)
When removing TS02 sensor, remove the sheet metal on MS05 switch first and then remove the sheetmetal on TS02 sensor.
4 Remove MS05 switch or TS02 sensor. (Set screws 2 pcs and connector 1 pcs for each)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 226/379
8-24
8.2.12 Replacing the Fixation Unit
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover. (set screw 7 pcs)
Cover (FDL)Cover (FDR)
Front cover
Manual feed drawer
4 Remove cover (FDL) and cover (FDR). (Set screws 1 pcs for each)
5 Remove the manual feed drawer. (Set screws 2 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 227/379
8-25
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
6 Pull and remove the manual feed tray.
7 Remove the connectors on the right side of the device. (1 connector for fan, 1 connector for
temperature fuse, 1 connector for halogen lamp, 2 connectors for thermister, 1 connector for
each of MS06-1 and MS06-2 and 1 connector for PS07.)
Connector for fan
Connector for
thermister (Red)
Connector for
thermister (White)
Connector for
temperature fuse
(Yellow)
MS06-1 (Blue)
MS06-2 (White)Connector for halogen lamp
Connector for PS07
Manual feed tray
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 228/379
8-26
Fan unit
MS06 unit
8 Remove the fan unit. (Set screws 5 pcs)
9 Remove MS06 unit. (Set screws 1 pcs)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 229/379
8-27
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
0 Remove the fixation unit motor. (Set screws 2 pcs and connector 1 pcs)
Alignment adjusting screw
Set screw for fixing sheet metal
Fixation unit motor
Connector
A Remove 1 set screw of the fixing sheet metal for the alignment adjusting screw.
B Loosen 4 sets screws on both sides of the fixation unit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 230/379
8-28
C Pull out the right side of the fixation unit by the length equal to the slot in the setscrew
section for the fixation unit.
D Make sure the fixing sheet metal is detached from the device. Remove the fixing sheet plate
and the alignment adjusting screw by turning the alignment adjusting screw.
E Push back the right side of the fixation unit and then move the wiring harness for the
halogen lamp, thermister and temperature fuse toward the right side of the fixation unit
(from the outside of the right side plate to its inside). Move the wiring harness of PS07 to
the outside of the right side plate.
F Remove the fixation unit. (Set screws 4 pcs)
Pull it out by this length.
Alignment adjusting screw
Fixing sheet metal
Fixation unit
Pull it out by this
length.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 231/379
8-29
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 232/379
8-30
8.2.13 Replacing the Wheel Unit and Clutch ASSY
<Removal>
1 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 4 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
2 Open the clamshell.
3 Remove the process cartridge.
4 Remove the transcription separator. See Section 8.2.23.
5 Unplug the connector (motor part 2 pcs)
6 Loosen the bolt on the tension drum plate, move the plate to the left, and retighten the
screw to set the plate.
Clamshell
Tension drum plate set screw
Timing drum (belt)
Boss (wound) Pulley (64)
Process cartridge
The connector of
procedure 5
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 233/379
8-31
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
7 Remove the timing drum (belt).
8 Remove the boss (wound). (hexagon socket set screw 2 pcs)
9 Remove the pulley (64).
0 Remove the boss stopper. (hexagon socket set screw 2 pcs)
A Remove the drum gear.
B Remove the support (left drum). (inner set screw 2 pcs, outer set screw 1 pc)
Boss stopper
Drum gear
Support (left drum)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 234/379
8-32
C Remove the wheel unit. (set screw 4 pcs)
D Unplug the connector from each clutch ASSY (2 pcs). (1 pc each)E Remove the clutch ASSY.
Clutch assemblyClutch assembly
Wheel unit
This screw is longer than others. Use care in the installation not to mistake
it for others (Printed as LS on the sheet metal).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 235/379
8-33
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.14 Replacing the Main Motor
<Removal>
1 Remove the wheel unit. See Section 8.2.13.
2 Remove the tension spring.
3 Loosen the four set screws and move up and down the main motor, loosen the timing belt.
4 Remove the main motor. (set screw 4 pcs)
Main motor
Tension spring
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 236/379
8-34
8.2.15 Replacing the Transport (suction).
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (Set screws 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
3 Remove the process cartridge. See Section 8.2.13 3.
4 Remove the transfer separator. (equipped with a hook at the right.)
5 Unplug the two connectors from the transport ASSY.
Transfer separator
Connector (Blue)
Connector (White)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 237/379
8-35
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
6 Remove the transport ASSY. (set screw, left/right 1 pc each)
Note: Care must be exercised in removing the transport ASSY so that PS06
may not be broken.
Transport ASSY Connector
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 238/379
8-36
8.2.16 Replacing the Halogen Lamp on Fuser Unit
<Removal>
1 Remove the fuser unit. See Section 8.2.12.
2 Unplug connectors from both sides of the halogen lamp and remove the right and left fuser
holders. (set screw 1 pc each)
Fuser holder (left)
Fuser holder (right)
3 Remove the stopper (heat roll).
4 Pull out the halogen lamp.
Note: Pay attention not to touch the transparent glass of the halogen lamp
during the work. If you touch the glass, wipe it with a rag dampened with
alcohol.
<Installation>
Note When installing, fit the halogen lamp securely. Don't leave it in loosened
state.
After replacement, adjust the alignment again. -> 9.4.2 Adjusting the Skew/Slack
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 239/379
8-37
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.17 Replacing the BL01 ASSY (suction fan)
<Removal>
1 Remove the transport. See Section 8.2.15.
2 Unplug the connector,
3 Remove the fan. (set screw 2 pcs, connector 1 pc)
Connector
Cut off this portion for older models
(it interferes with the sheet metal in
the rear side).
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 240/379
8-38
8.2.18 Replacing the Thermistor on Fixation
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2
3 Remove the front cover. (set screw 9 pcs) * 7 pcs in Rev. D
4 Remove the fan unit. (set screw 5 pcs, fan connector 1 pc) See Section 8.2.12 8
* If it is bundled with Insulock tie, cut Insulock tie.
5 Remove the fixation cover. (set screw 3 pcs)
6 Unscrew the set screws and remove the thermistors.
Note: Plug the red connectors in the left thermistor shown in the picture above.
Note: If the fan unit was bundled with Insulock tie, bundle it likewise in installa-
tion, too.
Enlarged figure
This thermister is connected to
the red connector.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 241/379
8-39
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.19 Replacing the Fan on Fuser
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Remove the front cover. (set screw 9 pcs) See Section 8.2.12 3. * 7 pcs in Rev. D
4 Unplug the connector. (1 pc each)
5 Remove the fan. (set screw, 2 pcs each)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 242/379
8-40
8.2.20 Replacing the Charger Fan
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
4 Remove the top cover. (set screw 6 pcs)
5 Close the clamshell.
6 Remove the plate spring and bracket clamshell (2 pcs each). (Set screws 1 pc on each side)
Plate spring (it is
tightened together with
the bracket clamshell)
Plate spring
Enlarged view
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 243/379
8-41
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
7 Open the clamshell.
* Open the clamshell slowly while pushing it.
8 Remove the charge elimination ASSY. (set screws 3 pcs and connector 1 pc) See Section
8.2.24.
Charge elimination
ASSY
9 Remove the fan. ( set screw 2 pcs each) (connector 1 pc)
Note When closing the clamshell after replacing the fan, care must be used to
prevent the ferrite core bumping against the developer unit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 244/379
8-42
8.2.21 Replacing the Process Unit
<Removal>
1 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
2 Pull out and remove the process unit.
Process unit
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 245/379
8-43
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.22 Replacing the LED Head
• In the case of PL model
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
4 Pull out and remove the process unit. See Section 8.2.21 2.
5 Remove the top cover. (set screw 6 pcs)
6 Close the clamshell.
7 Remove the two plate springs and the two bracket clamshells. (set screw left/right 1 pc
each.)
Plate spring
Plate spring (it is
tightened together with
the bracket clamshell)
Enlarged view
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 246/379
8-44
8 Open the clamshell.
* Open the clamshell slowly while pushing it.
9 Unplug the three connectors of LED head.
0 Remove the right and left move guides. (set screw 2 pcs each)
A Remove the LED head
Note: After the replacement of LED head, the LED head joint must be adjusted.
For details, see Section 9.6 "Adjusting the LED Head Joint."
Guide (MOVE)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 247/379
8-45
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
• In the case of MF model
<Removal>
1 Remove the developer unit
2 Install the pinch unit. (Set screw 4 pcs)
To install the pinch unit easier, change the screw position on the side to keep the clamshell
open.
3 Remove the cable of the LED head.
Close the clamshell and then remove the LED head cable through the device back face.
Change the screw position
Pinch unit
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 248/379
8-46
4 Remove the LED head. (Set screws 4 pcs)
Return the screw being moved in step 2 to the original position and then fully open the
clamshell. Remove LED-MOVE on both sides and then take out the LED head. Care must be
exercised in removing LED-MOVE so that the LED head may not be inadvertently dropped.
<Installation>
1 Install LED-HEAD and fix it with LED-MOVE of both sides.
2 Close the clamshell and then connect 4 LED head cables through the back face.
3 Remove the pinch unit.
Modify the fixing position on both sides and then partially open the clamshell. Remove the
pinch unit. (Set screws 4 pcs)
4 Install the developer unit.
Note Don't fully open the clamshell while the developer unit is removed.
Otherwise, FR4 and FR5 can be disengaged.
Be sure that the pinch unit has been installed before opening the
clamshell fully.
Restore the original screw position
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 249/379
8-47
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.23 Replacing the Transfer Separator
<Removal>
1 Remove the process unit.
2 Remove the transfer separator by unlatching the two hooks.
Installation
Note: Check the transfer separator is correctly fixed to the specified position.
Note: Whenever installing the transfer separator, be sure to insert its left side
first.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 250/379
8-48
8.2.24 Replacing the Charge Elimination ASSY (charge elimination LED)
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
4 Remove the top cover. (set screw 6 pcs)
5 Remove the charge elimination ASSY. (Set screws 3 pcs and connector 1 pc)
Charge elimination
ASSY
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 251/379
8-49
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.25 Replacing the Developer
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 2.
3 Open the clamshell. See Section 8.2.13 2.
4 Pull out and remove the process unit. See Section 8.2.21 2.
5 Remove the top cover. (set screw 6 pcs each)
6 Close the clamshell.
7 Change fixing positions of right and left stoppers.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 252/379
8-50
8 Unplug the connector.
9 Open the buffer door.
0 Open the clamshell.
A Remove the registration pinch frame.(set screw 4 pcs)
Buffer door
Registration pinch frame
Connnector
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 253/379
8-51
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
B Remove the clamped cable.
The cable is clamped
on the backside of
this portion.
C Remove the rear cover. (set screw 5 pcs)
D Remove the left DEV angle and right DEV angle. (set screw 1 pc each)
E Remove the developer.
Rear cover
Right DEV angleLeft DEV angle
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 254/379
8-52
8.2.26 Replacing the Developer DV Spacer
<Removal>
1 Remove the developer.
2 Remove the stopper and wave washer from the developer right side. (set screw 2 pcs)
3 Remove the gear from the developer left side.
1. Remove the E-ring of gear (idler 2) .
2. Remove the gear (idler 2).
3. Remove the gear (idler 1).
4. Remove the E-ring of gear (magnet roll).
5. Remove the gear (magnet roll).
6. Remove the screw (2 pcs).
7. Remove the bearing.
4 Remove the DV spacer.
1. Remove the gear (magnet roll).
2. Remove the DV spacer.
<Installation>
Note: The gear (magnet roll) has front and back faces. Mount the gear with its
light-blue face.
E-ring of gear (magnet roll)
DV spacerScrew
Bearing
Wave washer
Gear (idler 1)
Stopper
E-ring of gear (idler 2)
Gear (idler 1)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 255/379
8-53
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.27 Replacing the Developer Blade
Note: The toner may spill out during the work. Lay the cover such as newspa-
per on the floor.
<Removal>1 Remove the magnet roller. See Section 8.2.26 4.
Place the removed magnet roller as shown in the picture.
2 Remove the developer blade.
1. Remove the left and right screws (total 2 pcs) from the blade holder.
2. Remove the blade together with the holder.
3. Loosen the set screw from the blade plate.
4. Remove the blade.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 256/379
8-54
<Installation>
Note: After a new blade is mounted to the blade holder, apply the toner to the
blade tip.
Before installing the blade assembly, remove the toner from the magnet
roller and developer chassis using a vacuum cleaner.
Apply the
toner over the
entire blade
tip.
Remove the toner from
the developer chassis.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 257/379
8-55
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.28 Replacing the INT1 (Upper Door Interlock Switch)
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Open the clamshell.
3 Remove the INT1.
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Disconnect the INT1.
INT1
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 258/379
8-56
8.2.29 Replacing the INT3 (Buffer Door Interlock Switch)
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Open the buffer door. (remove the two thumb screws.)
3 Disconnect the INT3.
4 Remove the bracket (INT3) (set screw 2 pcs)
5 Remove the INT3.
Buffer door
INT3
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 259/379
8-57
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.30 Replacing the Paper Registration Sensor
<Removal>
1 Open the buffer door.
2 Open the clamshell.
3 Remove the registration pinch frame. See Section 8.2.25 0.
4 Unplug the connector and remove the PS05.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 260/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 261/379
8-59
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.32 Replacing the Control Panel
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1 1.
2 Remove the control panel.
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Remove the two set screws.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 262/379
8-60
8.2.33 Replacing the Roll Paper Feed Motors (FM01and FM02)
<Removal>
(Procedures shown below are common to upper, middle, and lower trays.)
1 Remove the roll paper feed unit:
1. Pull out the roll door.
2. Remove the roll paper feed unit. (set screw 4 pcs)
Note: Place the roll paper feed unit with the handle-attached face downward.
2 Remove the motor.
1. Unplug the connector.
2. Remove the two set screws.
3. Remove the motor.
FM01(FM02)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 263/379
8-61
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
<Installation>
When installing the roll paper feed unit, fix it with screws as shown below.
1 Fix the left side of the roll paper feed unit in 2 positions.
2 Close the roll paper feed unit once and then open it slightly again. Then fix a position in the
front right side of the roll paper feed unit with a screw.
3 Open the roll paper feed unit fully and screw-fix a position in the back of the unit.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 264/379
8-62
8.2.34 Replacing the Sensors on Roll Paper Feed Unit (PS11, PS12, PS21, PS22, PS31, and
PS32)
PS11 ASSY ( Roll 1 paper end sensor 1)
PS12 ASSY ( Roll 2 paper end sensor 1)
PS21 ASSY ( Roll 1 door switch)
PS22 ASSY ( Roll 2 door switch)
<Removal>
1 Pull out the roll 1 and roll 2 doors.
2 Remove PS31 and PS32.
Remove PS21 and PS22.
Remove PS11 and PS12.
1. Unplug the connector from each sensor.
2. Remove the relevant sensors.
When the roll door cover is removed by unscrewing the four set screws and the latch metal isremoved by unscrewing the set screw, PS21 and PS22 can easily be removed.
PS21,22PS11,12
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 265/379
8-63
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.35 Replacing the Gas Spring
<Removal>
1 Remove the right upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1. 1
2 Remove the left upper cover. (set screw 6 pcs) See Section 8.2.1. 23 Remove the E-ring and set screw, and remove the gas spring.
Note When replacing the gas springs, do it one by one starting with the right
side (or left side) one. Don't remove the gas springs on both sides at one
time.
Gas spring
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 266/379
8-64
8.2.36 Replacing the heat roller
<Removal>
1 Remove the fixation unit. See Section 8.2.12.
2 Remove the halogen lamp. See Section 8.2.16.
3 Remove the stay (motor HM). (Set screws 2 pcs)
4 Remove the ejector (top) assembly. (KL clip 1 pc)
5 Remove the cover (heat roller). (Set screws 2 pcs)
6 Remove the ejector (top) assembly retaining spring. (Retaining spring 1 pc and set screw 1 pc
on each side)
7 Remove the paper guide (bottom) assembly. (Set screws 2 pcs)
Stay (motor HM)
Ejector (top) assembly
KL clip
Cover (heat roller)
Ejector (top)
assembly retaining
panel
Paper guide
(bottom) assembly
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 267/379
8-65
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8 Remove gear (Z35-Z15) and gear (Z19) on the left side of the fixation unit. (E-ring 2 pcs)
9 Remove the stopper (heat roller) on the left side of the fixation unit. (Pawls in 2 positions are
engaged with the heat roller)
0 Remove the gear (heat roller).
A Remove the stopper (heat roller) on the right side of the fixation unit. (Pawls in 2 positions are
engaged with the heat roller)
B Remove the spacer (sleeve). (Right side alone)
C Remove the sleeve (heat roller). (1 pc on each side)
D Remove the bearing (heat roller). (1 pc on each side)
Gear (Z35-Z15)
Gear (Z19)
Gear (heat roller)
Stopper (heat roller)
Bearing (heat roller)
Sleeve (heat roller)
Spacer (sleeve)
Stopper (heat roller)
Gear (Z19)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 268/379
8-66
E Remove the heat roller.
Note When assembling a new heat roller, clean the entire heat roller surface
with HR cleaner.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 269/379
8-67
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
<Removal>
1 Remove the fixation unit. See Section 8.2.12.
2 Remove the halogen lamp. See Section 8.2.16.
3 Remove the heat roller. See Section 8.2.36.
4 Remove the cover (FU top) assembly. (Set screws 3 pcs)
5 Remove the lever (cam). (Set screw 1 pc)
6 Remove the holder (shaft L) and holder (shaft R). (E-ring 2 pcs on each side)
Backup roller assembly
Holder (shaft R)
* Holder (shaft L) is
provided on the
opposite side (left
side)
Lever (cam)
Cover (FU top)
assembly
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 270/379
8-68
7 Remove the fame (FU top) assembly. (Set screws 4 pcs. It is allowed to leave the cables on the
frame.)
Frame (FU top) assembly
Bearing (backup roller)
C-ring
Shaft (backup roller)
Backup roller assembly
8 Remove the backup roller assembly.
9 Remove C-ring and then remove bearing (backup roller). (2 pcs on each side)
0 Remove the shaft (backup roller).
Note Even if the backup roller may be cooled down, the shat (backup roller)
sometimes remains hot. Be careful to avoid burn.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 271/379
8-69
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
8.2.38 Cleaning Primary Wire
Table 8-1 Maintenance Priority
• Necessary tools
a.Screwdriver (+)
b. Swabs
c. Ethanol (99.5%)
d. Cotton Ciegal
EthanolSwabs Cotton Ciegal
Black Line
Black Belt
(Media Feed direction)
Black Spot
Black Line
(Roll Width Direction)Fog
(Background Cloud)
Uneven Image Density
White Spot,
White Line
(Roll Width Direction)
Partial Lacking
(Media Feed direction)
Black Copy
Clean
WIRE
(CHARGER)
Clean
BLADE
(CHARGER)
Exchange
WIRE
(CHARGER)
Exchange
BLADE
(CHARGER)
Exchange
Process
Cartridge
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
1st
2nd
2nd
2nd
2nd
2nd
2nd
3rd
3rd
3rd
3rd
3rd
4th 5th
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 272/379
8-70
1 Remove case (CASE (CHARGER)ASSY). (Two setscrews)
2 The wire (WIRE (CHARGER) can be seen.
WIRE (CHARGER)
Note: Do not touch the wire by hand. If touched, clean the wire by swabs
wetted by ethanol.
WIRE (CHARGER)
CASE (CHARGER)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 273/379
8-71
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
3 Clean the wire (WIRE(CHARGER)).
(1) Prepare two swabs wetted by ethanol.
(2) Nip the Wire by two swabs wetted by ethanol.
(3) Move the two swabs right and left.
Note: a. You may clean the wire even when you have only one swab. See
pictures below.
b. Be careful not to cut or bend the wire.
c. Do not touch the wire by hand. If touched, clean the wire by swabs
wetted by ethanol.
(Example of cleaning by two swabs)
(Example of cleaning by one swab)
4 After cleaning, put CASE (CHARGER) on initial position and fix it with two setscrews.
WIRE (CHARGER)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 274/379
8-72
8.2.39 Exchanging Primary Wire
• Necessary tools and part
a.Screwdriver (+)
b. Tweezers
c. Ethanol (99.5%)
d. Cotton Ciegal
e. WIRE (CHARGER)
Note: Do not touch the wire by hand. If touched, clean the wire by swabs wetted
by ethanol.
1 Remove case (CASE (CHARGER)). (Two setscrews)
2 The wire (WIRE (CHARGER) can be seen.
CASE (CHARGER)
WIRE (CHARGER) WIRE (CHARGER)
Cotton Ciegal
Ethanol Tweezers Cotton ciegal
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 275/379
8-73
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
3 Detaching tired Primary Wire
(1) Pick SPRING (CHARGER) by tweezers, and unhook from support.
(2) Pick the other side (fixed side) by tweezers, and unhook from support.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 276/379
8-74
4 Attaching new Primary Wire
(1) Prepare detached SPRING (CHARGER) and new WIRE (CHARGER).
(2) Pick one terminal of the Wire by tweezers, and hook it onto support.
SPRING (CHARGER) WIRE (CHARGER)
(3) Hook another terminal of the Wire with SPRING (CHARGER), and hook it onto
support.
Note: Pick SPRING (CHARGER) by tweezers as below to make the procedure
easier.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 277/379
8-75
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
(4) Check whether bent or soiled wire has been attached to the process cartridge or not.
Note: If the wire is soiled, clean it again. If the wire is bent, replace it again.
(5) After Exchanging, put CASE (CHARGER) on initial position and fix it with two
setscrews.
WIRE (CHARGER)
Note: Be careful not to bend the PLATE (CLEANER_FG) fixed to the
BLADE(CLEANER) with setscrew.
Make sure the PLATE (CLEANER_FG) correctly touch to the CASE
(CHARGER).
CASE (CHARGER)
PLATE(CLEANER_FG)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 278/379
8-76
8.2.40 Cleaning and Exchanging Cleaner Blade
• Necessary tools
a. Screwdriver (+)
b. Adjust Gauge : JIGU(CLEANER BLADE)
c. Ethanol (99.5%)
d. Cotton Ciegal
e. Vaccume cleaner for toners
1 Remove five setscrews, and detach BLADE(CLEANER).
Adjust Gauge
Note: BLADE(CLEANER) consists of an aluminum holder and a blade rubber.
Do not touch the blade rubber by hands.
If touched, clean the blade rubber by Cotton Ciegal wetted by ethanol.
Vacuum the toner on the blade rubber with the Vacuum cleaner fortoners.
BLADE (CLEANER)
Five setscrews and two plates
BLADE (CLEANER)
BLADE (CLEANER)
Blade rubber Aluminum holder
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 279/379
8-77
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
2 Wipe blade rubber by Cotton Ciegal.
Note: If the blade rubber is strongly soiled, use Cotton Ciegal wetted by ethanol.
If the blade rubber is damaged or cannot be cleaned any more, replace
BLADE (CLEANER).
3 After cleaning, sprinkle new toner for lubrication on the blade rubber.
Wipe some toner off from the development sleeve with cotton ciegal.
Brush the blade rubber with the cotton ciegal to spread toner.
Blade rubber
Blade rubber
Aluminum holder
Blade rubber
Spread toner here.
BLADE (CLEANER)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 280/379
8-78
4 Attach cleaner blade to initial position and fix it with five setscrews. Press the blade against
the adjust gauge to fix.
Note: Keep just 2mm (0.08 inch) of gap between blade and chassis at left, mid-
left, center, mid-right and right.
Keep space with the adjust gauge and press the blade against the gauge.
Fix the blade with screws in the following order: center, mid-left, mid-right,
left-end and right-end, or in reverse order as center, mid-right, mid-left,
right-end and left-end.
Adjust GaugeBLADE (CLEANER)
2 (+/-0.2) mm0.08 (+/-0.008) inch
BLADE(CLEANER)
Waste toner bottle
Note: Do not spread new toner on the blade rubber while blade rubber is wetted
right after cleaning by ethanol.
Use new toner for spreading on the blade rubber. Do not use waste
toner.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 281/379
8-79
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
5 After cleaner blade is attached, clean toner around the process cartridge.
BLADE (CLEANER)
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 282/379
8-80
8.2.41 Cleaning of OPC Photosensitive drum
1 Remove the process cartridge.
2 Place the process cartridge on the table directing its grip downward.
3 Repackage OPC cleaner into a smaller sized container and then apply an appropriate amount
of it to a piece soft cloth such as cotton ciegal.
4 Clean the photosensitive drum surface.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 283/379
8-81
Chapter 8 Replacing the Parts (Disassembly/Assembly)
5 Rotate the gear section of the photosensitive drum with hand and then rotate the
photosensitive drum in the paper feed direction.
6 Repeat above steps 4 and 5.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 284/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-1
Chapter 9 Adjustment
This chapter describes how to adjust each part of the engine in this device.
9.1 Adjusting the Voltage and Current of High Voltage Power Unit
Method of adjusting the primary charger load current, developer AC bias, developer DC bias,
transfer unit load current, and separator AC bias are described.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 285/379
9-2
9.1.1 Adjusting the Primary Charger Load Current
1 Remove front cover.
2 Insert the tester probes into the CH1 terminals, and operate the primary charger with the
maintenance code <09> "01" in the engine maintenance mode (⇒see Section 2.3.9) to
measure the load current Icc of the charging wire.
For the measurement, use the DC voltage as a measuring position of the tester, and read
100 µA for 100 mV.
3 If the adjustment is necessary, rotate the CH1 control using a screwdriver for power supply
adjustment.
Setting range: -865 to -935 µA (Reading of tester = 0.865 to 0.935 V)
Target value: -900 µA (Reading of tester = 0.9 V)
CH1 terminals
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 286/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-3
9.1.2 Developer AC Bias
1 Remove front cover.
2 Insert the tester probes into the CH2AC terminals, and operate the developer AC bias with
the maintenance code <09> "02" in the engine maintenance mode (⇒see Section 2.3.9) to
measure the AC load current Vdba.
For the measurement, use the AC voltage as a measuring position of the tester, and read
100 V for 100 mV.
3 If the adjustment is necessary, rotate the CH2AC control using a screwdriver for power
supply adjustment.
Setting range: 1.40 to 1.50 Vp-p (Reading of tester: 0.625 to 0.675 V)
Target value: 1.45 kVp-p (Reading of tester: 0.65 V)
CH1 terminals
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 287/379
9-4
9.1.3 Developer DC Bias
Note: The developer DC bias must be adjusted after the developer AC bias was
adjusted.
1 Remove front cover.2 Insert the tester probes into the CH2DC terminals, and operate the developer DC bias with
the maintenance code <09> "02" in the engine maintenance mode (⇒see Section 2.3.9) to
measure the DC load current Vdba.
For the measurement, use the DC voltage as a measuring position of the tester, and read
100 V for 100 mV.
3 When adjustment is needed, do it by turning the CH2DC adjusting volume using the
screwdriver for the power supply adjustment.
Setting range: -270 to -290 V (Reading of tester: 0.27 to 0.29 V)
Target value: -280 V (Reading of tester: 0.28 V)
CH2DC terminal
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 288/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-5
9.1.4 Transfer Load Current
1 Remove front cover.
2 Insert the tester probes into the CH3 terminals, and operate the transfer with the
maintenance code <09> "03" in the engine maintenance mode (⇒see Section 2.3.9) to
measure the load current Itcd of the transfer wire.
For the measurement, use the DC voltage as a measuring position of the tester, and read
100 µA for 100 mV.
3 When adjustment is needed, do it by turning the CH3 adjusting volume using the
screwdriver for the power supply adjustment.
Setting range: 570 to 630 µA (Reading of tester: 0.570 to 0.630 V)
Target value: 600 µA (Reading of tester: 0.6 V)
CH3 terminal
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 289/379
9-6
9.1.5 Separator AC Bias
1 Remove front cover.
2 Insert the tester terminal into the CH4 terminal on the high voltage power unit, use the
maintenance code <09>"04" (see Section 2.3.9) of the engine maintenance mode to
operate the separator AC bias, and measure the AC load voltage Vdca. On the tester, select
the AC voltage measurement position and read 1 V as 1000 V.
Note DC voltage must be used in the tester setting position.
3 If the adjustment is needed, turn the CH4 control volume using a flat blade screwdriver,
which is specialized for adjustment of power unit, to adjust the voltage.
Setting range: 12.0 to 13.0 Vp-p (Reading of tester: 4.3 to 4.7 V)
Target value: 12.5 kVp-p (Reading of tester: 4.5 V)
CH4 terminal
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 290/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-7
9.2 Verification and Adjustment Voltage of Low voltage Power Unit
This section covers verification procedures for the voltage of the low-voltage power unit.
1 Remove front cover.
2 According to the voltage you want to check, insert the tester terminal to TP1 to TP4 pins.
Voltage value 24 V ± 1.2 V : TP1 (24 V), TP2 (GND)
Voltage value 5.1 V ± 0.005 V : TP3 (5.1 V), TP4 (GND)
Note DC voltage must be used in the tester setting position.
3 When adjustment +5.1 V is needed, do it by turning the adjustment volume (VR71) using
the screwdriver for the power supply adjustment.
TP4 TP3VR71 TP1 TP2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 291/379
9-8
9.3 Adjusting the Light Emitting STB Width of LED Head
As each LED head has different light quantity, if the LED head is replaced, the light emitting
STB width and the density change width must be set.The LED light quantity label has been attached to the LED head, and therefore set the light
emitting STB width and the density change width following the light quantity given on the label.
For setting the light emitting STB width and the density change width, select the maintenance
code <12>, subcode "731 - 739" in the maintenance mode. For the setting procedure, see 2.3.12.
After setting, execute the engine test print (maintenance code <10>) to check that normal plotting
is outputted.
Hint: In case of a print quality failure such as uneven density and variations in line
thickness, try to set larger STB value than the value listed in the
corresponding table.
Table 9-1 Corresponding Table between LED Light Quantity and Light Emitting STB Value
Average lightquantity
STBvalue
STBwidth
Average lightquantity
STBvalue
STBwidth
1.100 28 5 1.310 24 4
1.110 28 5 1.320 24 4
1.120 28 5 1.330 23 4
1.130 28 5 1.340 23 4
1.140 27 5 1.350 23 4
1.150 27 5 1.360 23 4
1.160 27 4 1.370 23 4
1.170 27 4 1.380 23 4
1.180 26 4 1.390 22 4
1.190 26 4 1.400 22 41.200 26 4 1.410 22 4
1.210 26 4 1.420 22 4
1.220 26 4 1.430 22 4
1.230 25 4 1.440 22 4
1.240 25 4 1.450 22 4
1.250 25 4 1.460 21 4
1.260 25 4 1.470 21 4
1.270 25 4 1.480 21 4
1.280 24 4 1.490 21 3
1.290 24 4 1.500 21 3
1.300 24 4
Observing the average light quantity of the LED head, set the HEAD_A, B, C from the above table.
Then, perform the test print of "2 by 2" vertically to check that there is no density difference.
(If the error diffusion data can be outputted, also print the error diffusion data for checking.)
If different, change the STB width of HEAD_A, C to adjust the density. At this time, select the
STB width according to the STB value from the following table and enter it.
STB value STB width STB value STB width21 4 32 6
22 4 33 6
23 4 34 6
24 4 35 6
25 4 36 6
26 4 37 6
27 5 38 7
28 5 39 7
29 5 40 7
30 5 41 7
31 5 42 7
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 292/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-9
9.4 Adjusting the Plotting Specification Items
The items that do not satisfy the reference values in "7.2 Troubleshooting in Case of a
Plotting Specification Failure" and other adjustment items are listed in Table 9-2.Referring to the corresponding items in Table 9-2, enter the engine maintenance mode to adjust,
or take corrective measures following the reference sections.
Table 9-2 Adjustment Items in Case of a Plotting Specification Failure
* Items to be adjusted in the engine maintenance mode.
Select maintenance code <12> if the condition and value to be adjusted are known in advance.
Select maintenance code <11> if the adjustment is performed after test print and measurement.
Item Control
(adjustment) item
Outputlength for
adjustment
Output paperwidth for
adjustment
Output paper type foradjustment
Print engine testpattern
Adjustment of
fixation nip pressure
Pressure of the
pressure roller 400 mm A0 Normal paper No.5
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.1.
Adjustment of
skew/slackness
Fixation position 1189 mm A0 Normal paper No.15
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.2.
Cut squareness
Cutter mount
height 1189 mm A0 Normal paper No.15
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.3.
Cut length accuracy*
– 1189 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
No.15– 297 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
– 210 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
Remarks: Default value varies depending on the print length and type of paper roll (unit: line).
The cut length is reduced if numeric value is increased (1 line = 0.042333 mm).
When the set value is increased, the cut length will be decreased. (1 line = 0.042333 mm)
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.4.
Print length
accuracy*
– 1189 mm A0 Normal paper No.15
Remarks: The print length is reduced if numeric value is increased.
(About ±3.3 mm per 841 mm is reduced if there is a ±5 Hz change)
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.5.
Top edge
registration*
– 1189 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
No.15– 297 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
– 210 mm A0 Normal paper / tracing
paper (75 g) / film
Remarks: Default value varies depending on the print length and type of paper roll (unit: msec).
The print start position reverses if numeric value is increased (10 msec = 0.8 mm).
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.6.
Center registration*
– 1189 mm A0 Normal paper No.15
Remarks: The print position is shifted to the left if numeric value is increased (1 byte = 0.508 mm).
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.7.
Checking SkewFixation position 1189 mm A0 Normal paper No.15
Adjustment: See Section 9.4.2.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 293/379
9-10
9.4.1 Adjusting the Fixation Nip Pressure
- Immediately after the operation, the fixation and hexagon head screws are
hot. So, keep away from these parts. Otherwise, you may be burned.
Care must be exercised in the adjustment to avoid burn.
1 Set the A1 roll paper (normal paper) in roll 1 (upper drawer).
2 Enter the engine maintenance mode and perform the maintenance code <09>"07," "08" or
"09" (see Section 2.3.9). Test prints are output.
3 Measure the black band, which is printed at the position 30 to 40 cm away from the top
edge of the test print, at both sides. (See the figure below.)
Reference value: Width of the black band = 7.5 ± 0.5 mm
Difference between left and right = ± 0.5 mm or less
4 When the value is deviated from the standard value, open the top door (door 6) and adjust it byturning the nip adjustment screws being provided on both sides of the fixation unit (first loosen
the nut that is fixing the nip adjustment screws).
5 Repeat steps 2 to 4 until the adjusting meet the reference values.
6 Retighten the nut loosened in the previous steps to adjust the nip pressure.
Fixation adjustment
screw
WARNING
7.5±0.5 mm 7.5±0.5 mm
25 mm 25 mm
30 to 40 cm
P a p
er f e e d
d i r e c t i on
Turning the screw clockwise :
Decreases the nip pressure.
Turning the screw counterclockwise :
Increases the nip pressure.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 294/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-11
9.4.2 Adjusting the Skew/Slack
- Don't touch the fixation and hexagon head screw right after the operation.
These components become hot and may result in burns.
Care must be exercised in the adjustment to avoid burn.
1 Set the A0 roll paper (normal paper) in roll 1 (upper drawer).
2 Turn on the engine maintenance mode and check the nip voltage for appropriateness. If it is
off the standard value, adjust it. see Section 9.4.1 Adjusting the Fixation Nip Pressure.
3 Print 3 copies of the engine test pattern No.5 consecutively.
(see Section 2.3.10 Maintenance Code 10 "PRINT" (Print) Engine maintenance code
<10>"05")
4 Check the rear end of the roll for smear without registration (several millimeters wide
wedge-shaped horizontal lines).
5 If a smear appears, remove the right upper cover, left upper cover, front cover, cover
(FDL), cover (FDR) and manual feed drawer from the device body. Insert papers between
the open/close sensors for the fixation door and the manual feed drawer to simulate the
closed state of the door. Then adjust the fixation unit alignment and the heat roller speed.
a) If horizontal lines of the smear are conspicuous on the right side of a print sample
(right side of the device)
-> Push the right side of the fixation unit toward backside of the device.
WARNING
b) If horizontal lines of the smear are conspicuous on the left side of a print sample (left
side of the device)
-> Pull the right side of the fixation unit toward front side the device.
P a p er f e e d
d i r e c t i o
n
13cm
P a p er f e e d
d i r e c t i on
13cm
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 295/379
9-12
Note Be sure to loosen 2 set screws on the fixation unit before adjusting.
Use the alignment adjustingscrew for the adjustment.
Clockwise turn: Pushes back the
right side of the fixation unit
Counterclockwise turn: Pulls out
the right side of the fixation unit
1) Mark the initial positions of the top and bottom screws fixing the fixation unit on the
right side plate.
2) Turning the alignment adjusting screw, move the fixation unit until the horizontal lines
of the smear are moved to the left side. (Try to move about 1 mm from the original
position, though the distance depends on the magnitude of the smear.)
3) Mark the screw position as the horizontal lines of the smear are moved to the left side.
4) Fine-control the alignment between the original position and the position being
recorded as the lines are moved to the left side.
* Turning the alignment adjusting screw may not immediately move the fixation unit.
Thus, it is advisable to move the unit while observing the move of the screw-fixed
portions at the top and bottom of the fixation unit on the right side plate.
(Above can be done easier by removing the screw and observing move of the screw hole.)
And the screw-fixed portion at the top of the fixation unit may sometimes not follow
that of the bottom portion. In such case, retry the operation after loosening the duct set
screws on the fixation unit.
* When the alignment adjustment alone is not enough for adjusting wrinkles or missed
print, adjust the heat roller speed. (Modify the default value by ±10 or ±20)
(See Section 2.3.12 Maintenance Code 12 "PARAMETER" (Parameter) Table 2-4
Engine Control Parameter List (3/4))
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 296/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-13
c) If horizontal lines of a smear are conspicuous across the full width a print sample
Increase the heat roller speed.
Modify the heat roller speed control parameter by +10 or +20 from the default value.
6 Repeat above adjustment and printing until the smear without registration becomes
inconspicuous on No.5 test print. Then check No.14 test print for irregularities of the lines
in a space 13 mm or so away from the rear end.
* Adjustment of skew/sag is basically completed with No.5. Thus, if further adjustmentis needed in spite of the adjustment made in No.5, adjust the heat roller speed. If the
speed adjustment doesn’t solve the problem, readjust referencing the results of No.5
and No.14.
7 Tighten 2 fixation unit set screws.
8 Use A1 size for the adjustment.
As the adjustment with A0 size is completed, generate 3 copies of No.5 test print
consecutively in the same manner.
* Even when the smear was found on A1 size, first adjust with A0 size.If a smear appears at any place or size on the print sample, modify the heat roller
speed control parameter by -10 or -20 from the default value.
* Adjustment of skew/sag is basically completed with A0 size. Thus, if further
adjustment was needed with A1 size, support it by adjusting the heat roller speed.
If the speed adjustment could not eliminate the problem, proceed to readjustment
referencing the results of A1 and A0 size.
P a p
er f e e d
d i r e c t i on
13cm
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 297/379
9-14
9.4.3 Adjusting the Cut Squareness
1 Set the A0 roll paper (normal paper) in the roll 1 (upper drawer).
2 Enter the engine maintenance mode and output engine test pattern 15. (maintenance code
<10> "15," see Section 2.3.10.)
3 Measure the cut squareness. For measuring method and reference value, see "No. 7" in
Section 7.2.1.
4 If the standard value is met, remove the cutter cover and then loosen 2 screws on both side
and 1 screw at the center.
5 While moving up and down the cutter mounting brackets (at a rough estimate), adjust the
cutter mounting height.
6 Tighten the screws to fix.
7 After repeating steps 2 through 6, adjust until the measured value satisfies the referencevalue.
Cutter mounting sheet metal
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 298/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-15
9.4.4 Adjusting the Cut Length Accuracy
Select the maintenance code <11>, subcode "04" in the maintenance mode if performing the
adjustment after the test print and measurement. ⇒See item (1) below.
Select maintenance code <12>, subcode "801 - 848" in the maintenance mode if the condition
and value to be adjusted are known in advance. ⇒See item (2) below.
This paragraph outlines adjustment procedures and explains supplementary operations. For
concrete operating procedures (LCD display and key operation) in the engine maintenance
mode, see "2.3.11 Maintenance Code <11> "REGULATE" (Adjustment) ," "2.3.12
Maintenance Code <12> "PARAMETER" (Parameter)" or "2.3.13 Maintenance Code
<13> "NVRAM" (NVRAM)."
(1) When the cut length is adjusted and measured after the test print:
This method is effective when the parts are replaced or the NVRAM data are set to defaults.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <11>.
2 Select subcode "11< 04> Cut-Length."
3 Select the roll paper and print length test conditions.
Note: For the first test print, do not change the preset correction value, i.e. use
default value as it is.
4 Output the print of subcode "04."
Three sheets are outputted continuously.
5 Measure the paper length of the third sheet outputted to check if it satisfies the
specification.
For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.6.
OK if within the specification.
- Repeat steps 3 and 4, when further making a check under other test conditions.
- Go to step 9 when finishing the test.
If out of the specification, change the preset correction value and adjust. ⇒Go to step 6.
6 To change the correction value, calculate the new value as shown in the example below.
Example 1: When the paper length is short. (The actual sheet length is 1182 mm although the
reference value, A0 = 1189±6 mm.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the reference value:
1182 - 1189 = - 7 mm
2. Calculate the number of print lines equivalent to the difference
(1 line = 0.0423 mm):- 7 ÷ 0.04213 = -165.8 lines ⇒ -165 lines
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 299/379
9-16
3. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
* The default is determined by the print length and roll paper specifications.
4. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
300 lines - 165 lines = 135 lines
7 Output the test print of subcode "04." Three sheets are output continuously.
8 Measure the length of the third sheet and check whether the paper length meets the
requirement. If the value is acceptable, save it in NVRAM.
(2) If the cut length is adjusted when the condition and value to be adjusted are known in
advance:
This adjustment will be effective, for instance, when the user requests the cut length of plain
paper A2 to be reduced or extended by certain millimeters.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <12>.
2 Enter the subcode (engine control parameter) number.
- Select the subcode suitable for the print length and roll paper conditions.
3 Convert the adjustment value (mm) into the number of lines to determine the correction
value. For the calculation method, see step 6 of Paragraph (1) above.
4 When you want to change the test conditions to adjust the cut length, repeat steps 2 and 3
above.
5 Save the correction value in NVRAM.
6 Execute the print with maintenance code <11> and subcode "04," and check the cut length
after adjustment.
- Check all codes with which the cut length was adjusted.
- Adjust the print condition to the test condition of the codes used for adjustment.
For the print executing method, see 2.3.11.
For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.6.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 300/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-17
9.4.5 Adjusting the Plotting Length Accuracy
Select maintenance code <11>, subcode "03" in the maintenance mode if performing the
adjustment after the test print and measurement. ⇒See item (1) below.
Select maintenance code <12>, subcode "718 - 724" in the maintenance mode if the condition
and value to be adjusted are known in advance. ⇒See item (2) below.
This paragraph outlines adjustment procedure and explains, supplementary operations. For
concrete operating procedures (LCD display and key operation) in the engine maintenance
mode, see "2.3.11 Maintenance Code <11> "REGULATE" (Adjustment) ," "2.3.12
Maintenance Code <12> "PARAMETER" (Parameter)" or "2.3.13 Maintenance Code
<13> "NVRAM" (NVRAM)."
Hint: The type and width of the paper used are A1 width of plain paper.
However, if the user's paper use condition is limited, the adjustment may be
performed under that condition.
(1) When the plotting length is adjusted and measured after the test print:
This method is effective when the parts are replaced or the NVRAM data is set to default. Only
the roll paper is subject to adjustment of print length. To adjust the A4 cut paper, follow the
procedures in item (2).
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <11>.
2 Select subcode "11<03> plotting -Length."3 Select the roll paper to be used.
- The print length accuracy may be adjusted using either roll 1 or 2.
Note: For the first test print, do not change the preset correction value, i.e. use
default value as it is.
4 Output the print of subcode "03."
Three sheets are outputted continuously. (print length: 1189 mm)
5 Measure the paper length of the third sheet outputted to check if it satisfies the
specification.For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.1.
OK if within the specification.
Go to step 9, finishing the test.
If out of the specification, change the preset correction value and adjust. ⇒Go to step 6.
6 To change the correction value, calculate the new value as shown in the example below.
Example 1: When the plotting length is short. (The actual print length is 1122.8 mm although
the reference value is 1127.1 mm ± 0.5 %.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the reference
value:1122.8 - 1127.1 = -4.3 mm
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 301/379
9-18
2. Calculate the shift from the reference value in percentage
-4.3 ÷ 1127.1 = -0.00382 (about 0.38 % short)
3. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 1915 lines/sec)
4. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the print length to reference
value:
1915 × (-0.00382) = -7.31 ⇒ -7 lines/sec
5. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
1915 - 7 = 1908 lines/sec
Example 2: When the plotting length is long. (The actual print length is 1131.8 mm although
the reference value is 1127.1 mm - 0.5 %.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the reference value:
1131.8 - 1127.1 = 4.7 mm
2. Calculate the shift from the standard in percentage:
4.7 ÷ 1127.1 = -0.00417 (about 0.42 % long)
3. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 1915 lines/sec)
4. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the to the print length to
reference value:
1915 × 0.00417 = 7.99 ⇒ 8 lines/sec
5. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
1915 + 8 = 1923 lines/sec
7 Output test print of subcode "03." Three sheets are output continuously.
8 Measure the plotting length of the third sheet and check whether it meets the requirement.
If the value is acceptable, save it in NVRAM. If it is still not acceptable, reexecute the
above procedures from Step 6.
(2) If the plotting length is adjusted when the value to be adjusted is known in advance
This adjustment will be effective, for instance, when the user requests the plotting length to be
reduced or extended by certain millimeters.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <12>.
2 Enter the subcode (engine control parameter) number of the item to be adjusted.
3 Convert the adjustment value (mm) into lines per second to determine the correction value.
For the calculation method, see step 6 of Paragraph (1) above.
4 Save the correction value in NVRAM.
5 Execute the print using maintenance code <11> and subcode "03," and check the plotting
length after adjustment.
For the print executing method, see 2.3.11.
For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.6.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 302/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-19
9.4.6 Adjusting the Top Edge Registration
Select maintenance code <11>, subcode "03" in the maintenance mode if performing the
adjustment after the test print and measurement. ⇒See item (1) below.
Select maintenance code <12>, subcode "601 - 649" in the maintenance mode if the condition
and value to be adjusted are known in advance. ⇒See item (2) below.
This paragraph outlines adjustment procedure and explains, supplementary operations. For
concrete operating procedures (LCD display and key operation) in the engine maintenance
mode, see "2.3.11 Maintenance Code <11> "REGULATE" (Adjustment) ," "2.3.12
Maintenance Code <12> "PARAMETER" (Parameter)" or "2.3.13 Maintenance Code
<13> "NVRAM" (NVRAM)."
(1) When the top edge registration is adjusted and measured after the test print:
This method is effective when the parts are replaced or the NVRAM data is set to default.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <11>.
2 Select subcode "11<01> Front-Regist."
3 Select roll paper and print length test conditions.
Note: For the first test print, do not change preset correction value, i.e. use default
value as it is.
4 Output the print of subcode "01."
Three sheets are outputted continuously.5 Measure the top edge registration of the third sheet outputted to check if it satisfies the
specifications.
For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.3.
OK if within the specification.
- Repeat steps 3 and 4, when further making a check under other test conditions.
- Go to step 9 when finishing the test.
If out of the specification, change preset correction value and adjust (Go to step 9.)
6 To change the correction value, calculate the new value as shown in the example below.
Example 1: When the top edge registration is short. (The actual top edge registration is 18.2
mm although the reference value is 21.7 ± 3.0 mm.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and reference value:
18.2 - 21.7 = -3.5 mm
2. Multiply the difference to the process speed to calculate the number of
seconds: (process speed = 80 mm/s)
-3.5 ÷ 80 = -0.04375 (sec)
⇒ This means the plotting starts 43.75 ms earlier.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 303/379
9-20
3. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the registration to the reference
value (1 step = 1.0 msec).
43.75 ÷ 1 = 43.75 ⇒ 44 (steps)
4. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 400 steps*)
* The default is determined by the print length and paper specifications.
5. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
400 + 44 = 444 (steps)
Example 2: When the top edge registration is long. (The actual top edge registration is 25.7
mm although the reference value is 21.7 ± 3.0 mm.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the reference value:
25.7 - 21.7 = 4.0 mm
2. Multiply the difference to the process speed to calculate the number of
seconds: (process speed = 80 mm/s)
4.0 ÷ 80 = -0.05 (sec)
⇒ This means the plotting starts 55 msec later.
3. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the registration to the reference
value (1 step = 2.0 msec).
50.0 ÷ 1 = 50.0 ⇒ 50 (steps)
4. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 400 steps*)
* The default is determined by the print length and paper specifications.
5. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the print length to the reference
value.
400 - 50 = 350 (steps)
7 Output the print of subcode "01." Three sheets are output continuously.
8 Measure the lead edge registration of the third sheet outputted check if it satisfies the
specifications. If the value is acceptable, save it in NVRAM. If it is still not acceptable,
reexecute the above procedures from Step 6.
(2) If the top edge registration is adjusted when the condition and value to be adjusted are
known in advance:
This adjustment is effective, for instance, when the user requests the top edge registration of
plain paper A2 to be reduced or extended by certain millimeters.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select the maintenance code <12>.
2 Enter the subcode (engine control parameter) number of the item to be adjusted.
3 Convert the adjustment value (mm) to the number of steps to determine the correction
value. Enter that correction value. For the calculation method, see Step 6 of Paragraph
(1) above.
4 When you want to change the test conditions to adjust the top edge registration, repeat steps
2 and 3 above.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 304/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-21
5 Save the correction value in NVRAM.
6 Perform maintenance code <11>, subcode <01> to print, check the top edge registration
after adjustment.
- Check all the subcodes where the top edge registration was adjusted.
- For the adjusted subcodes, match the test conditions and the print conditions.
For the print method, see Section 2.2.11. For measuring method and reference value, see
No. 3 in Section 7.2.1.
9.4.7 Adjusting the Center Registration
Select maintenance code <11>, subcode "03" in the maintenance mode if performing the
adjustment after the test print and measurement. ⇒See item (1) below.
Select maintenance code <12>, subcode "718 - 724" in the maintenance mode if the condition
and value to be adjusted are known in advance. ⇒See item (2) below.
This paragraph outlines adjustment procedure and explains supplementary operations. For
concrete operating procedures (LCD display and key operation) in the engine maintenance
mode, see "2.3.11 Maintenance Code <11> "REGULATE" (Adjustment) ," "2.3.12
Maintenance Code <12> "PARAMETER" (Parameter)" or "2.3.13 Maintenance Code
<13> "NVRAM" (NVRAM)."
(1) When the center registration is adjusted and measured after the test print:
This method is effective when the parts are replaced or the NVRAM data is set to default.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select the maintenance code <11>.
2 Select the subcode "11<02> Center-Regist."
3 Select the roll paper to be used.
Note: For the first test print, do not change preset correction value, i.e. use default
value as it is.
4 Output the print of subcode "02."
Three sheets are outputted continuously.
5 Measure the top edge registration of the sheet outputted third to check if it satisfies the
specifications.For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.4.
OK if within the specification.
- Repeat steps 3 and 4, when further making a check under other test conditions.
- Go to step 9 when finishing the test.
If out of the specification, change preset correction value and adjust. ⇒Go to step 6.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 305/379
9-22
6 To change the correction value, calculate the new value as shown in the example below.
Example 1: When the center registration is short. (The actual center registration is 25.2 mm
although the reference value is 21.7 ± 3.0 mm.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the reference value.
25.2 - 21.7 = -3.5 mm
2. Convert the difference to the number of dot pitches (1 pitch = 0.0508 mm).
-3.5 ÷ 0.0508 = -6.9 pitches
⇒This means the 6.9 pitch print position is
shifted rightward.
3. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the registration to the reference
value (1 step = 1 pitches).
6.9 ÷ 1 = 6.9 ⇒ 7 (steps)
4. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 50 steps)5. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
50 + 7 = 57 (steps)
Example 2: When the center registration is long. (The actual side registration is 25.7 mm
although the reference value is 21.7 ± 3.0 mm.)
1. Obtain the difference between the measurement and the standard:
25.7 - 21.7 = 4.0 mm
2. Convert the difference to the number of dot pitches (1 pitch = 0.508 mm):
4.0 ÷ 0.508 = 7.9 (pitches)
⇒This means the 7.9 pitch print position is
shifted leftward.
3. Calculate the increment/decrement to return the registration to the reference
value (1 step = 8 pitches):
7.9 ÷ 1 = 7.9 ⇒ 8 (steps)
4. Check the value saved in NVRAM.
(Default = 50 steps)
5. Calculate the correction value and enter the result:
50 - 8 = 42 (step)
7 Output the print of subcode "02."
Three sheets are outputted continuously.
8 Measure the lead edge registration of the third sheet outputted to check if it satisfies the
specifications. If the value is acceptable, save it to NVRAM. If it is still not acceptable,
reexecute the above procedures from Step 6.
(2) If the center registration is adjusted when the condition and value to be adjusted are known
in advance
This method is effective when the user requests you to shift the center registration of the roll 1 to
the left or right by a given amount.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <12>.
2 Enter the subcode (engine control parameter) number of the item to be adjusted.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 306/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-23
3 Convert the adjustment value (mm) to the number of steps to determine the correction
value.
For the calculation method, see step 6 of Paragraph (1) above.
4 When you want to change the test conditions to adjust the center registration, repeat steps
2 and 3 above.
5 Save the correction value to NVRAM.
6 Execute the print with maintenance code <11> and subcode "03," and check the center
registration after adjustment.
- Check all codes with which the center registration was adjusted.
- Adjust the print condition to the test condition of the codes used for adjustment.
For the print executing method, see 2.3.11.
For the measuring method and reference value, see 7.2.1 No.4.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 307/379
9-24
9.5 Adjusting the Paper Top Edge Dead Space
The device supports the following maximum plotting range:
The device has a dead space of 3 mm at the top edge of the paper.When the user wants wider plotting range, the dead space can be reduced so that the image will
be printed as near to the edge as possible. To this end, perform the maintenance code <12>,
subcode "663" of engine maintenance mode of "Top Edge Clip Requirement."
Note: If this adjustment is performed, explain the user that the possibility of paper
jam increases and get approval.
The dead space at the top edge of paper is provided as the clip amount to
separate the paper from the heat roller in the fusing process. Accordingly, if
this clip amount is narrowed, the possibility of paper jam increases
(particularly when high density data is plotted at the top edge of paper).
The preset value for the top edge clip amount adjustment does not become
effective unless the device is rebooted, thus requiring care.
1 Enter the engine maintenance mode and select maintenance code <12>.
2 Enter the subcode "663."
3 Convert the desired dead space (mm) into the number of lines.
Example: To set the dead space to 1mm, conduct the following operation. (default: 71 lines
= 3.0 mm)
: Determine what number of lines is equivalent to 1 mm (1 line = 0.04233 mm)
and enter the result.
1 ÷ 0.04233 = 23.62 ⇒ 24 (lines)
4 Save the value in NVRAM.
5 Turn off the device once and turn it on again to reboot the system.
6 Allow the computer to send the data whose top margin is minimum to the device and check
whether the plotting is printed correctly.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 308/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 309/379
9-26
5 Maintenance code <12>, subcord "712": Line adjustment parameter used for head B
(fixed to 0)
6 Maintenance code <12>, subcord "713": Lin adjustment parameter used between heads
C and B (setting range: 87 to 93)
This parameter adjusts the shift in the order of line. The amount of 42.3 µm is shifted
against the adjustment value "1." To find the first print shift, temporarily set both
maintenance code <12>, subcord "711" and maintenance code <12>, subcord "713" to 98.
Since maintenance code <12>, subcord "712" is a reference, or head B, the value must be
fixed to 0.
(3) Basic operation
Shown below are operations observed on the device when above parameters settings are
changed.
(a) Maintenance code <12>, subcord "708" and maintenance code <12>, subcord "709"
1 When decreasing set values:
Images A and C move in the paper feed direction with image B used as reference.
2 When increasing set values:
Images A and C move in the direction reverse to the paper feed direction with image B used as
reference.
CB
A
Shifted
Paper feed direction
* Image B does not move since it is reference.
C
B
A
Shifted
Paper feed direction
Shifted
* Image B does not move since it is reference.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 310/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-27
(b) Maintenance code <12>, subcord "711" and maintenance code <12>, subcord "713"
1 When decreasing set values:
Images A and C move in the direction reverse to the paper feed direction with image B used as
reference.
2 When increasing set values:
Images A and C move in the paper feed direction with image B used as reference.
C
B
A
Shifted
Paper feed direction
Shifted
* Image B does not move since it is reference.
CB
A
Shifted
Paper feed direction
Shifted
* Image B does not move since it is reference.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 311/379
9-28
(4) Print pattern
Use pattern 7. Print out maintenance code <10>, subcode <07>.
(5) Adjustment method
(a) Check the adjustment positions.
Provide the following parameter settings and printed.
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "708": 0
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "709": 0
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "710": 100
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "711": 98
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "712": 0
Maintenance code <12>, subcode "713": 98
With the above settings, the pattern is output with images shifted as shown below. Identify the
place of shift from this sample.
CB
A
Paper feed direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 312/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-29
(b) Adjustment
Execute the test printing by setting the following parameters respectively. These values are set,
considering the distance 3.8 mm between A and B, and B and C of the LED head.
Maintenance code <12> subcode "708": 16
Maintenance code <12> subcode "709": 16
Maintenance code <12> subcode "710": 94
Maintenance code <12> subcode "711": 90
Maintenance code <12> subcode "712": 0
Maintenance code <12> subcode "713": 90
In the following settings, adjust according to how the printed image is shifted.
1 If A and C are shifted in the paper feed direction on the basis of B
Increase the setting values of both maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and maintenancecode <12> subcode "709." (The amount of 0.64 µm is shifted against the adjustment value
"1.")
If still shifted, the setting in the unit of line is necessary. Thus, decrease the set values of both
maintenance code <12> subcode "711" and maintenance code <12> subcode "713."
If they are initially 90, decrease them to 89.
After the adjustment in the unit of line, fine adjustment is necessary. Thus, check the shift
direction and set the appropriate values to maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and
maintenance code <12> subcode "709."
C B A
Paper feed direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 313/379
9-30
2 If A and C are shifted in the paper feed direction on the basis of B
Decrease the setting values of both maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and maintenance
code <12> subcode "709." (The amount of 0.64 µm is shifted against the adjustment value "1.")
If still shifted, the setting in the unit of line is necessary. Thus, increase the setting values of
both maintenance code <12> subcode "711" and maintenance code <12> subcode "713."
If they are initially 90, decrease them to 91.
After the adjustment in the unit of line, fine adjustment is necessary. Thus, check the shift
direction and set the appropriate values to maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and
maintenance code <12> subcode "709."
C
B
A
Paper feed direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 314/379
Chapter 9 Adjustment
9-31
3 If A is shifted in the paper feed direction, C is shifted in the paper feed direction and
reverce direction on the basis of B
Increase the setting values of maintenance code <12> subcode "708." Decrease the setting
value of maintenance code <12> subcode "709." (The amount of 0.64 µm is shifted against
the adjustment value "1.")
If still shifted, the setting in the unit of line is necessary. Thus, decrease the setting value of
maintenance code <12> subcode "711" and increase the set value of maintenance code <12>
subcode "713."
After the adjustment in the unit of line, fine adjustment is necessary. Thus, check the shift
direction and set the appropriate values to maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and
maintenance code <12> subcode "709."
C
BA
Paper feed direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 315/379
9-32
4 If A is shifted in the paper feed direction and reverce direction, C is shifted in the paper
feed direction on the basis of B
Decrease the setting values of maintenance code <12> subcode "708." Increase the set value
of maintenance code <12> subcode "709." (The amount of 0.64 µm is shifted against the
adjustment value "1.")
If still shifted, the setting in the unit of line is necessary. Thus, increase the setting value of
maintenance code <12> subcode "711" and decrease the set value of maintenance code <12>
subcode "713."
After the adjustment in the unit of line, fine adjustment is necessary. Thus, check the shift
direction and set the appropriate values to maintenance code <12> subcode "708" and
maintenance code <12> subcode "709."
(6) Judgment criteria
When lines are united in the scan direction on the test pattern 7, head joints are correctly adjusted.
Note that some lines may exceptionally be dislocated (terminated) due to jitter. If other lines are
united, the image is acceptable.
(7) Data storage
When the image is acceptable, save the data in the NVRAM. See Section "2.3.13 Maintenance
Code 13 "NVRAM" (NVRAM)."
C
B
A
Paper feed direction
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 316/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-1
Chapter 10 Operational Description
This chapter gives fundamental information to understand mechanical operations of this device,
as well as the information on the controller that performs data communications with the
computers.
10.1 through 10.8 describe the information concerning the engine:
10.1 Features
10.2 Engine Specifications
10.3 Paper Flow and Name of Each Part
10.4 Fundamental Operation (Overall Operation)
10.5 Electrophotographic Process Operation
10.6 Drive and Feed System Operation
10.7 Control System
10.8 Controller
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 317/379
10-2
10.1 Features
This device is an intelligent plotter that uses a magnetic one-component developing system plus
600 dpi wide LED head as a developer so that it can realize excellent printing quality andquietness suitable for LAN environment.
Main features are as follows:
1 Easy operation-first user interface design
- All operations (paper feed, drawing output) are performed at the front.
- 2-drawer type roll paper feed
2 Lightweight, compact-size, and high cost-performance engine
3 Stabilized printing by use of a one-component developing system
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 318/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-3
10.2 Engine Specifications
1 Type: Floor type
2 Recording method : Dry electrophotographic methodPhotosensitive : OPC drum (φ 60)
Charging : Scorotron (negative charge applied, grid control)
Exposure : LED (36 inches, 600 dpi)
Development : One-component development
Transfer : Corona transfer
Separation : AC corona
Cleaning : Blade cleaning
Fusing : Heat roll fusing (halogen lamp)
Toner : 9µ magnetic one component (cartridge 500 g)
3 Recording density : 600 × 600 dpi4 Process speed : 800 mm/sec
5 Process cartridge capability: about 5 km
6 Paper: Media : Normal paper (high quality paper)/Recycled paper/
Tracing paper/Mat film
Paper feed : 2-roll auto paper feed with cutter/A0, front paper feed
Paper ejection : Faceup, front ejection, tray/bucket (OP)
Effective recording width : 926.48 mm (A0), guaranteed area inside 5 mm from top
and trail edges and 3 mm from both side edges
Long size printing : 2.5 m (in use of A0 paper roll), or 10 m for L type
7 Print quality : Density : 1.0 or more
Density uniformity : 0.3 or less
Jam rate : 1/3000 or less (normal paper)
8 MTBF : 2000 h (not including consumable parts)
9 Weight : 190 kg or less (main unit + photosensitive drum)
0 Power consumption : 1350 W
Warming up time : within 4 minutes (at 23°C)
A Operating environment : Temperature ; 15 - 35°C
Humidity : 20 - 80%RH
B Noise : During operation : 61 dB or less
During standby : 53 dB or less
C Device life : S model is 80 km and L model is 200 km
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 319/379
10-4
10.3 Paper Flow and Name of Each Part
A sectional view of the internal mechanism of the device is shown in Figure 10-1 to show the
paper flow and name of each part.
2
1
G4
3
5 6
7
8
9
A B CD
E
F
1 Roll 1
2 Roll 2
3 Slitter cutter
4 Register roller
5 Primary charger
6 LED head
7 Developer
8 Developing sleeve
9 Transfer/separator
0 FingerA Cleaner
B Charge eliminator
C Photosensitive drum
D Suction feeder
E Fixation
F Heat roller
G Backup roller
H Roller (manual feed 1)
I Roller (manual feed 2)
H
I
Figure 10-1 Paper Flow and Name of Each Part
Process cartridge
6 LED head
B Charge eliminator is
not included.
0
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 320/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-5
10.4 Basic Operation (Overall Operation)
10.4.1 Block Diagram - Basic Configuration
This device consists of the four main blocks: paper feed and feed system; electrophoto process;
controller, and interface systems.
Figure 10-2 Block Diagram - Basic Configuration
Controller
Control panelEnginecontrolcircuit(board)
Chargeelimination
Cleaner
Externalequipment
Interface circuit
Raster controller
circuit
Datacontroller Fixation
Paperejector
Feedsystem
Roll paper
Paper cutter
Roll paperfeed mechanism
Registration
Paper feed andfeed system
Transferseparation
Drum Development
Primarycharge
Exposure(LED)
Electrophoto process system
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 321/379
10-6
10.4.2 Overview of Device Configuration
Figure 10-3 Overview of Device Configuration Drawing
OPERATION PANEL
BL02,BL06 INT1
TH01TH02
FUSER
FL01FL02
PS07
ELCC
DRUM
LEDH
TH03
CLEANER
MS04GM01
DEVELOPER
TS01
DBDDBA
CL04REGISTROLLER
PS05
TCDCPS06
BL01PM01 PMFG
INT3
CUTTER
CUTM
RE01/02
CL06
PS30PS31PS32PS04
PF ROLLER 1
ROLL-1
ROLL-2
PF ROLLER 2
AC IN
BL06
BM01
MS08
TH04
TS02
MS05
BL03 R/C/L
TM01
MS07
PS15
MRC2 HDD MEC LVPS HV-PS
PS11PS21
FM01
PS12PS22
FM02
HM01
MS06-1
MS06-2
BL05-1 to 3
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 322/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-7
Table 10-1 Symbol Table
Name SYMBOL
Develpment DP
Transfer TC
Separation DCCharge CC
Charge elimination EL
Process motor PM01
Developer pulse motor GM01
Paper feed pulse motor TM01
Heat roller pulse motor HM01
Paper feed pulse motor 1 FM01
Paper feed pulse motor 2 FM02
Cutter motor CUTM
Registration roller clutch CL04
Manual feed roller clutch CL06Suction fan BL01
Fixation upper center blower BL02
Charger blower BL03 R/C/L
Fixation upper (both side fan) BL06
Fixation halogen lamp 1 FL01
Fixation halogen lamp 2 FL02
Paper detection sensor (for judgment of A0 width) PS30
Paper detection sensor (for judgment of A1 width) PS31
Paper detection sensor (for judgment of A2 width) PS32
Paper detection sensor (lower cutter) PS04Paper detection sensor (register) PS05
Paper detection sensor (suction) PS06
Paper detection sensor (fuser) PS07
Roll 1 (upper tray) flange detection sensor PS11
Roll 2 (middle tray) flange detection sensor PS12
Manual feed paper detection sensor PS15
Roll 1 drawer open/close sensor PS21
Roll 2 drawer open/close sensor PS22
Toner door open/close switch MS04
Waste toner bottle detection switch MS05
Fixation device door open/close switch MS06-1, MS06-2
Upper left door open/close switch MS08
Upper door open/close interlock switch INT1
Cutter door open/close interlock switch INT3
Cutter blade (right end) detection micro switch RE01
Cutter blade (left end) detection micro switch RE02
Toner sensor TS01
Waste toner sensor TS02
Fixation temperature measurement thermistor (center) TH01
Fixation overheat detection thermistor TH02
LED head temperature measurement thermistor TH03
Fixation temperature measurement thermistor (edge) TH04
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 323/379
10-8
10.4.3 Configuration Block Diagram
The mechanical controller receives signals sent from external devices, and drives the LED head
and controls actuators to print operation. The controller also creates test patterns by means of the
internal board to print those sheets without signal input from external devices.
Figure 10-4 Configuration Block Diagram
RIPcontroller
Enginecontroller
Parallel interfaceUSB
P C B - A S S Y - M R C 2
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
Ethernet interface
Switches andsensors
Blowers
Clutch
Charge eliminator
Sensors
Cutter motor
Motor driver
Charger cleaningmotor
Pulse motors(GM01)
Pulse motors(TM01, FM01,
FM02)
LED head
DC servo motor(PM01)
High voltagepower unit
Fusing heater
Subpower unit
HDD
H e a t e r
c o n t r o l
+ 5 V
+ 2 4 V
Low voltage power unit
Control panel
AC100V
Main power switch
+ 2 4 V
+ 5 V
+ 2 4 V
A C 1 0 0 V
Primary charger
Developer
Transfer
Separator
+24V
+5V
+5V+12V
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 324/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 325/379
10-10
(5) Post-rotation
1 Section
- After transfer OFF until the main motor stops.
2 Purpose
- Removes residual toner and potential on the drum, and ejects the paper.
3 Operation
- After an image was transferred on the paper, the drum rotates by about one turn to stabilize
the drum surface.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 326/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-11
10.5 Electrophotographic Process Operation
10.5.1 Primary Charging
As the first step for forming an electrostatic image, the primary charging process is provided to
charge the photosensitive drum surface uniformly.
This device uses the proven corona charging system (scorotron system excellent in negative
charging performance).
(1) Function of primary charger
1 Photosensitive drum surface potential applying function (corona discharge function +
discharge stabilizing function)
: Arranges the charges discharged from the charging wire by the grid electrode and applies
them to the photosensitive drum surface.
(2) General description of scorotron charging system
1 Principle
Corona discharge (negative corona)
: As the electrodes, a pointed conductor such as a needle and wire is used, and as the opposed
electrode, a flat plate is used, and then if the voltage applied between them is gradually
increased, a pointed part slightly sparks and the current of several micron ampere flows.
This phenomenon is called the corona discharge.
Negative corona
: If negative voltage is applied to the corona electrode wire (negative pole) and the voltage is
increased, the electric filed on negative pole surface increases, and electrons are emitted by
the field emission, which are the initial electrons. These electrons are accelerated in high
electric field and form the primary electron avalanche. Further, positive ions in the
avalanche flow into the negative pole and the secondary electrons are emitted, thus
generating the secondary avalanche. The avalanche continues in the same manner.
The electrons at the leading edge of these avalanches attach to the gas in the air and become
negative ions, and then they attach to the drum surface to charge.
Principle of scorotron charger
: The scorotron charger provides amplification effect by the principle of triode. This utilizes
the fact that the electrons move in the electric field, and it amplifies the entire charged
electric field. A salient electric field generated from the charged electric field flows into this
grid, but a large salient electric field does not propagate down to the drum from the grid.
Normally, the power supply is not connected to the grid electrode but the varistor (Zener
diode) is connected. The varistor is a semiconductor of which resistance value varies
according to the voltage, and it discharges when the voltage is high and does not discharge
when low.
2 Configuration
: A wire electrode as a conductor, and a shield electrode that covers the wire electrode are
arranged, and also a grid electrode is installed at the opening.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 327/379
10-12
10.5.2 Photosensitive Drum
As an electrophotographic photosensitive material, this device uses the OPC (organic
photosensitive) material.
(1) Function of photosensitive drum
1 Charge retaining function
2 Electrostatic image holding function
3 Toner transfer function
(2) General description of OPC photosensitive drum
1 Principle
Carrier generation (optical exciter)
: In an organic molecular crystal, exciters are generated by the light exposure. These excitersdiffuse up to the crystal surface and lattice defects, and they interact with electrostatic
potential that exists there and push out electrons and positive holes.
As for the exciters, the exciting state from specific molecules in organic molecular crystal
run over the entire crystal as exciting waves to excite the entire crystal with the same phase.
At this time, the quantized exciting waves are called the exciters.
Ion pairs separated into electrons and positive holes are evaded from one-molecular
recombination and thermally dissociated, generating carriers of electrons and positive
holes. At this time, if no charges exist on the photosensitive surface, the Coulomb’s force
that separates the carriers does not work, allowing them to recombine each other.
Carrier transport: In the non-crystal carrier transport layer, carriers move by hopping between molecules of
the carrier transport material.
The carriers are trapped if adjacent molecules have structural defects that take specific
orientation at close range.
2 Configuration
: Almost OPC photosensitive drums practically used at present are the layered type
consisting of the separated carrier generation and carrier transport which are fundamental
processes of photosensitivity.
3 Surface potential of photosensitive drum
- Charge : -420 to -390 V → -400 to -370 V (dark decay)- Exposure : -20 to -60 V
- Development : -230 to -300 V (developing toner)
- Transfer : -40 to -80 V
- AC separation :0 ± AC → 0 V ± Unstable positive and negative surface potential and
unstable charged toner remain.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 328/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-13
10.5.3 Exposure
This device uses LED head for digital exposure process.
(1) Functions of LED head
1 Exposure function
: Irradiates light to the photosensitive drum to form a latent image.
2 Optical path length automatic correcting function
: Corrects the focal depth automatically (butt roller, etc.) if sufficient focal depth cannot be
ensured.
3 Head/machine internal temperature measuring function
: Thermistors are installed inside the head unit to measure the machine internal temperature
and the head temperature.
4 Line width adjusting function
: The line width can be changed by adjusting the light emitting time of LED.
(2) General description of LED head
LED array
1 Principle (light emitting principle)
: The Hall current applied to the LED array is blocked by the hetero barrier in the "pn"
junction (hetero junction), and the injection current flows toward there (recombination of
carriers), causing the light (hv) to be emitted.
SELFOC lens
1 Principle and manufacturing method: The glass element wire is formed by the materials having the composition containing
graded index forming components such as Cs, Li, and Tl, and it is soaked in the fused salt
that contains calcium nitrate or kalium nitrate to form the refractive index by exchanging
the ions in glass that takes part in refractive index and the ions in the fused salt.
2 Configuration
: Many bar-shaped lenses called the SELFOC (optical converging glass fiber) lens are
arranged (SLA is the trademark of Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd.).
3 Features
: Individual lenses have excellent resolving power and focus a uniform normal standing real
image in real size. However, in total their performance disperses and thus the performanceshould be checked strictly.
As the 1:1 image is formed, the focus must be adjusted finely.
LED head unit
1 Principle
: This optical unit converges the light emitted from the LED array onto the photosensitive
surface by means of the SLA.
2 Configuration
: LED chip, IC, and board are subjected to the die bonding and wire bonding, and adjusted
and inspected, and then assembled with a heat sink, lens, etc.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 329/379
10-14
10.5.4 Development
The development is a process in which the toner is put on an electrostatic image on the
photosensitive drum surface to make the image visible. When the toner charged in advance
touches the photosensitive drum, whether the toner attaches to the drum depends on the charging
status of the photosensitive surface.To assist the toner attachment and to prevent the toner from attaching to the portions other than
the image, this device adds DC and AC biases.
(1) Functions of developer
1 Toner transfer (development)/bias adding function
: Transfers the toner to an electrostatic image on the photosensitive drum to make the image
visible. A thin film is formed for easy toner transfer.
2 Toner collecting function
: Adds AC bias to collect the toner not used for the development.
3 Toner supply function
: Supplies the toner from the toner cartridge.
Supplies the toner to the sleeve by means of the agitator.
4 Low toner detecting function
: Detects the toner empty state by the toner sensor (piezoelectric sensor).
5 Density adjusting function
: Adjusts the development density by varying the developing bias.
6 Toner agitating function
: Agitates the toner by rotating the agitator to prevent the soft block.
7 Development gap retaining function
: Retains the development gap by pushing the butt roller against the photosensitive drum.
(2) General description of magnetic one-component developing system
1 Principle
: The toner made of magnetic powders of 0.1 to 0.5 µm in size that disperse in the resin
binder added with carbon black is transported by the developing sleeve around the
magnetic roll.
In general, the toner layer of 40 to 50 µm in thickness is formed on the sleeve surface, and
when it is transported up to the photosensitive surface, the charge (AC+DC) is applied to
the toner, and when electrostatic attraction between the latent image and the toner becomeslarger than the magnetic binding force, the toner attaches to the latent image to develop.
2 Configuration
: The sleeve made of non-magnetic materials such as stainless steel and aluminum material
rotates in the forward direction relative to the photosensitive drum. Its rotating speed is one
to three times the surface speed of the photosensitive drum.
The magnetic roll is fixed in the sleeve so that it does not rotate, and six magnetic poles are
arranged where the main pole having the strongest magnetic force is arranged in opposition
to the photosensitive drum. This main pole is located at the rotational upstream side (1 - 5°)
from a line connecting the center of sleeve and the center of photosensitive drum.
A rubber blade is forcibly pushed against the sleeve in the counter direction of the sleeve
rotation, and the toner is charged while its layer is thinned by being scraped by this rubber
blade. Also, AC+DC bias voltages are supplied to the sleeve to assist the toner movement
during the development.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 330/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 331/379
10-16
10.5.6 Separation
To separate the paper after transfer, a system that uses both general AC discharge separation and
finger separation is employed.
(1) Function of separator
1 Paper discharging function
: Eliminate charges from the paper and photosensitive drum.
(2) General description of AC discharge separation system
To separate the paper appropriately, the AC discharge separation system discharges the paper
after transfer using an AC charger and a discharge needle.
If the OPC photosensitive drum is used, the recording paper is positively charged by the transfer
charger and attracted to the photosensitive drum surface by electrostatic force. Accordingly, theseparating charger discharges AC corona to remove electrostatic attractive force between the
recording paper and the drum so as to separate the recording paper.
In general, thin paper having small stiffness may result in a separation failure, and therefore the
AC discharge voltage value and a range of permissible value must be determined from the image
quality and separation performance.
The separation guide prevents the print paper from entering the charger. Also, the separation
guide surface is coated with conductive paint so that the potential on the paper feed surface and
the recording paper becomes the same in order to prevent the toner from splashing.
10.5.7 Cleaning
If the toner is not transferred completely and remains or paper powder is present on the
photosensitive drum, it will obstruct the next process or enter the developer, causing a problem.
The cleaning process removes these residuals on the photosensitive surface.
This device uses a blade cleaning system that scrapes off the residuals mechanically.
(1) Functions of cleaning
1 Photosensitive drum surface residual toner removing function
: Using the blade, removes the toner and paper powder remaining on the photosensitive drum.
2 Photosensitive drum surface polishing function
: Pushes the blade against the drum to polish the photosensitive drum surface, so that the
deterioration of drum surface such as a filming can be prevented.
3 Waste toner transport function
: Transports waste toner by the auger screw.
4 Splash preventive function
: Prevents the toner from splashing by the toner receiver (film).
(2) General description of blade cleaning (blade cleaning method)
The abrasion resistant blade such as polyurethane scrapes off the residual toner on the drum
surface.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 332/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-17
10.5.8 Charge Elimination
Residual potential on the photosensitive drum after transfer shows uneven value by the action
receiving from each process. Under this condition, if the next process is performed, an after-
image of the previous print may appear, and therefore residual potential on the photosensitive
drum must be uniform by the charge elimination before the primary charging.
This device uses the LED discharging system by means of the light.
(1) Function of charge elimination
1 Residual potential removing function
: Removes residual potential on the photosensitive drum surface by irradiating the light with
the LEDs.
(2) General description of LED charge elimination
In general, red LEDs are used. To adjust the LED light emitting quantity to the drum sensitivity,
the number of LEDs and LED driving voltage must be controlled by PWM.
Emitting the discharging light at the drum while performing the charging (primary charging),
check whether the drum charged voltage is stable to determine the LED light quantity.
10.5.9 Fusing
The fusing fixes the toner on the paper.
This device uses already proven thermal fusing (heat roll) from the viewpoint of image quality
and fixation.
(1) Functions of fuser
1 Heating function
: Heats the aluminum heat roller by using a halogen lamp.
2 Temperature detection and control function
: Temperature detection range 160°C - 190°C
(Type: Temperature detection by thermistor,
heater ON/OFF)
Overheat detection 200°C (Type: Thermistor)
Overheat prevention Overheat prevention by thermal fuse
3 Power saving function
4 Paper feed function
5 Paper compression/nip release function
: Releases the nip of fusing rollers by interlocking with the fuser unit opening/closing.
6 Cooling air flow
: Exhausts the air on the sides of the device using the blowers.
7 Offset prevention
: Prevents the toner offset by using a Teflon roller.
8 High temperature protective function
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 333/379
10-18
(2) General description of heat roll fusing system
1 Principle
: The toner fixation is attained through five processes of 1) toner particles are semi-fused by
the heat, 2) combined, 3) deformed (spread) to wet the paper, 4) the fused toner penetrates
(anchors) between the paper fibers, and 5) solidifies by being cooled to adhere to the paper.
The main component of toner, polymer resin, changes its state from glass to rubber and then
viscous fluid through glass transition state according to the temperature change.
2 Configuration
: The upper heat roll heats the aluminum metallic core from the inside using a halogen lamp
heater. Also, the metallic core surface is coated with the resin such as Teflon to improve the
parting performance in relation to the toner. The lower backup (pressure) roll made from a
metallic core coated with thermosetting silicone rubber excellent in oil resistance, weather
resistance, and compression restorable performance is pushed against the upper heat roll to
ensure the nip width.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 334/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-19
10.6 Operation of Drive and Feed Systems
10.6.1 Drive System
The drive system of this device consists of a paper feed drive motor, cutter upper roller drive
motor, process drive motor, and fuser drive motor. The developer and cutter drive motors are also
installed and these motors can be operated individually.
(1) Process drive motor
This motor drives the register roller, drum, cleaner auger, and manual feed roller. The register
roller and the manual feed roller are equipped with the drive force transmission clutch, so that the
paper feed drive can be turned on or off according to the operational requirements.
(2) Cutter upper roller drive motor
This motor drives the cutter upper roller.
(3) Paper feed motor
This motor feeds or rewinds the rolled paper.
(4) Developer drive
The developer is driven by the developer motor (GM01) installed on the developer. As a drive
motor, the stepping motor is used to drive the agitator and the sleeve through the gear
transmission.
(5) Fixation drive motor
The fuser is driven by the fuser motor installed on the fuser. As a drive motor, the stepping motor
is used to drive the heat roller and the backup roller through the gear transmission.
10.6.2 Paper feed system
(1) Paper feed unit
1 Structure of paper feed unit
: The paper feed unit is composed of the two drawers arranged vertically where paper rolls
can be fed respectively.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 335/379
10-20
2 Paper feed/print operation
First print
: The first sheet (immediately after powering on, or first sheet of intermittent print) needs the
pre-rotation of the photosensitive drum, and therefore the print does not start for about 7.4
seconds (pre-rotation time) after the print request is made from the controller until the
exposure starts.
Intermittent print (paper switching print)
: The paper switching operation is inserted if the paper size is different between the first data
and the next data.
Continuous print (copy)
: In a continuous print (copy), the leading edge of the next paper is gripped by the register
roller before the paper of the first data printing is ejected to shorten the printing interval.
Continuous print (if there is a spool and the controller processing is in time)
: Despite different data, if the paper size is the same and the controller processing is in time,
the print is possible at the similar print interval to that of copy print.
(2) Cutter
The paper is cut by a slitter type cutter. At the time of cutting, the buffer is given to the paper in
advance to prevent the image quality from being reduced due to a change of paper movement.
The paper cutting time is about one second and the paper buffer is given for about one second (80
mm).
(3) Suction unit
The suction unit feeds the paper by means of belts while sucking the paper by fans in order not to
disturb unfixed toner image transferred to the paper.
This device uses a system that transports the paper while sucking the entire surface of the paper
by sirocco fans. The exhaust air is led to the sides of the device.
The drive force of suction belts is supplied from the process motor via the gears.
(4) Paper unfeed unit
The paper unfeed unit is part of the fuse unit and it is driven by the same drive system as that of
the fuse roller.
The paper unfeed roller rotates at high speed relative to the fuse roller so that it applies tension tothe paper fed from the fuser. This tension is required to prevent a wrinkle of the paper.
At the paper ejection outlet, a bucket or stacker can be installed as an option.
(5) Register roller
The register roller made of a metallic shaft having a concave-convex surface provides the largest
paper transport force among all paper feed rollers to ensure the paper feed accuracy.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 336/379
Chapter 10 Operational Description
10-21
10.7 Control System
10.7.1 Process Control
(1) Drum surface potential control
As the scorotron charge system is used as a charge system, fundamentally the drum surface
potential is not controlled.
(2) LED head write control
The LED head write timing is controlled on the basis of pulse signals from the engine control
board. By adjusting finely this base pulse signals, the print timing is varied and the print accuracy
can be adjusted.
(3) Development density control
The development density is determined from correlation of a difference between the dark
potential and the light potential of the photosensitive drum and a development bias (DC). Here, it
is hard to control a difference between the dark potential and the light potential, but the
development density control of this device controls the line width change by controlling the LED
head light emitting time (STB width) and controls the development bias.
(4) Fuse roller temperature control
The fuse roller temperature is controlled within the set temperature range by controlling the on/
off of the fuser lamp based on the temperature value detected by the thermistor.
The fuser lamp turns on when the temperature dropped below the preset value on the low
temperature side, or it turns off when the temperature reached the preset value on the high
temperature side.
10.7.2 Paper Feed Control
As for the paper feed control, the feed amount of the main motor is controlled by controlling the
paper cut timing.
To control the paper feed speed, the motor rotation speed is controlled as mentioned in the motor
section.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 337/379
10-22
10.8 Controller
10.8.1 Description of Controller Specifications
1 Data format
: HP-GL, HP-GL/2, HP RTL, TIFF, CALS
2 Setup function
: SETUP, DEVICE, PAPER, FUNCTION, PROTOCOL, RESET, SYSTEM
3 Memory configuration (see the table below)
* L model allows long printing up to 10 m.
4 Input interface
: Ethernet interface (ftp/xpt/lpr)
- 100Base-TX and 10Base-TX are supported.
(Half/full duplex)
: USB interface (port B)
- USB2.0 is supported (HI SPEED / FULL SPEED)
: Parallel interface (conforming to IEEE1284 (compatibility mode))
- IEEE1284 (conforming to compatibility mode)- Maximum cable length: 10 m
Systemconfiguration
Memoryconfiguration
Systemoperation
Spool Page memory
Standard 256MB 84MB 12M 160M Equivalent to 2.5 m
Equipped with HDD 256MB 96MB 2G 160M Equivalent to 2.5 m*
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 338/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 339/379
10-24
Computer
Communication driver
Spool driver
Spool memory
Page (raster) memory
Engine driver
Engine
Communication driver:
- Sends the received data to the spool driver.
- Processes the protocol control command sent from the computer.
PDL:
- A process controlled under the OS. After the main data judgment block
judges the received data, the PDL connected to the resulted data format
works.
- Reads the received data from the spool memory, analyzes the read
data, and pastes the raster data to the page memory.
- Requests printout to the engine driver.
- Plots drawings only in response to the data print command.
Spool memory:
- Stores the received data.
Spool driver:
- Opens the memory when receiving the data from the communication
driver.
Page (raster) memory:
- Saves the date processed with the PDL.
Engine driver:
- Receives the print request from the PDL and commands the engine to
start printing.
10.8.3 Data Processing Flowchart
The flowchart in Figure 10-6 shows how the data sent from the computer is processed in the
device.
Figure 10-6 Data Processing Flowchart
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 340/379
A-1
Appendix A MEC Board Setup and LED Indication
Appendix A MEC Board Setup and LED Indication
Appendix A describes how to set the DIP switches and how to see the LED indication on the
MEC board.
A.1 Setting the DIP Switches
A.1.1 Setting 8-bit DIP Switch on MEC Board (SW4)
The setting of the DIP switch (DIP SW) on the MEC board is listed below.
If the DIP switch setting is changed, reboot the power.
DIPSW-5 is normally set to OFF, and set to ON only when the console is used.
(All bits must be set to normal position when the machine is delivered)
Bit Meaning of ON position Meaning of OFF position Normal
position
DIPSW-1 – – OFF
DIPSW-2 – – OFF
DIPSW-3 – – OFF
DIPSW-4 – – OFF
DIPSW-5 Console is used Console is not used OFF
DIPSW-6 – – OFF
DIPSW-7 – – OFF
DIPSW-8 Long size (10 m) LP-1010L Standard (2.5 m) LP-1010 –
SW2 (both bits must be ON)
LEDSW4
SW3ON ON
1 8 1 2 1 8
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 341/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 342/379
A-3
Appendix A MEC Board Setup and LED Indication
A.2 LED Indication
The following shows how to see the LED indication on the MEC board.
The LED ON/Flashing/OFF are expressed as follows:
: ON
: Flashing
: OFF
: Indeterminate
_ : Don't care
A.2.1 LED indication on MEC board
(1) LED indication immediately after powering on
The LED immediately after powering on indicates that the power on check is in progress or that
an error was detected during check.
At the start of check, the corresponding LED turns on, and at successful termination of check, the
corresponding LED of the next check item turns on.
If an error is detected, the corresponding LED of the check item continues flashing.
Step Check item Corresponding LED
LED indication innormal state
LED indication aterror detection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 Engine firmware operation
start LED8 –
2 Program checksum in flash
memory (or IC card) LED7
3 CPU built-in RAM read/write
check LED6 and LED7
4 Board matching check LED5 and LED8
5 SRAM read/write check LED6
6 NVRAM presence check LED5
7 Program copy to SRAM LED5 and LED7
(Go to (2), (3), or (4))
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 343/379
A-4
LEDLED indication
Description of function1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LED1 and LED2 _________
Indicate the low-order two bits of ongoing task ID.
LEDs are flashing when the task is switched
normally.
LED3 ____ _________ (Reserved)
Used for debugging. Applications not specified.
LED4 and LED7 Indicate the engine status.
____ __
(LED4/5/6/7 all OFF)
Power saving
____ __
(LED7 ON, LED4/5/6 OFF)
Warming up
____ __
(LED6 ON, LED4/5/7 OFF)
Standby status
____ __
(LED6/7 ON, LED4/5 OFF)
Printing
____ __
(LED5 ON, LED4/6/7 OFF)
Recoverable error occurring
____ __
(LED4/5 ON, LED6/7 OFF)
Unrecoverable error occurring
____ __
(LED4 ON, LED5/6/7 OFF)
Initialized state (clock input mode)
NVRAM is not initialized.
LED8 Indicates whether the print request is present or not.
_____________ Turns on when the print request is accepted, and turns
off when the requested print finished.
_____________ Turns off when no print request is present.
(2) LED indication in usual operation
Upon successful termination of the check at powering on, the indication of respective LED is as
follows:
LED1 and LED2 : Ongoing task ID
LED3 : (Indeterminate because of use for firmware debugging)
LED4 - LED7 : Engine status
LED8 : Presence of print request
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 344/379
A-5
Appendix A MEC Board Setup and LED Indication
(3) LED indication in case of other errors
Flashing of LED4 to LED8 indicates the following errors.
(4) LED indication when power is turned off
When the main power switch is turned off, the circuit interrupts the firmware.
After that, for more than 10 msec, the 5 V power supply is retained for CPU operation and the
firmware can operate.
The firmware accepts this interruption, saves the system parameters such as total print distance in
the NVRAM within 10 msec, and also turns on the LED4/5/6/7/8.
Afterwards, the 5 V power supply shuts down and all LEDs turn off.
If LED4 through LED8 do not turn on when the main power switch is turned off, the interruption
from the circuit failed, or saving of system parameters in NVRAM has not finished yet.
In this case, "2033: Interruption does not occur at powering off" error will occur when the power
is turned on next time.
LED indicationDescription of firmware processing
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
______ Interruption occurs when the power is turned off.
The saving of information such as total print distance in NVRAM finished.
LED indication
Description of error1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
_____ Unexpected interruption occurred.
_____ NMI interruption occurred.
_____ Interruption nest under error
_____ Interruption nest over error
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 345/379
A-6
A.3 Reset Switch (SW1) on MEC Board
Pressing the reset switch SW1 causes the circuits of MEC board to be reset, and also the firmware
to be reset (restart).
However, unlike powering off and on operation, the system parameters such as total print
distance are not saved and therefore do not use this switch usually.
Using the switch causes "2033: Interruption does not occur at powering off" error.
Instead, turn off and then on the power switch.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 346/379
B-1
Appendix B Setup RFU Board
Appendix B RFU Board Setup
A DIP switch is mounted on the RFU board. This appendix describes how to set up this switch.
B.1 Setup of DIP Switch
B.1.1 DIP Switch on the RFU Board
Set DIP switch SW1 according to the roll paper configuration of the roll paper feed unit.
Bit Meaning of ON (up) posit ion Meaning of OFF (down) posit ion
1 Roll 1 is loaded. Roll 1 is not loaded.
2 Roll 2 is loaded. Roll 2 is not loaded.
3 Roll 3 is loaded. Roll 3 is not loaded.
4 Paper feed mechanism specificallyused for roll flanges (S)
Paper feed mechanism specificallyused for roll flanges (L).
SW1
41
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 347/379
C-1
Appendix C Setup MRC2 Board
Appendix C MRC2 Board Setup
The following describes the setting of DIP switches on the MRC2 board.
C.1 Setup of DIP Switches
C.1.1 DIP Switch on MRC2 Board (SW7)
For setting DIP switch SW7, the revisions of the MRC2 board have been set.
C.1.2 DIP Switch on MRC2 Board (SW2)
For setting DIP switch SW2, all bits are set to OFF position.
Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4Rev.A OFF OFF OFF OFF
Rev.B ON OFF OFF OFF
Rev.C OFF ON OFF OFF
Rev.D ON ON OFF OFF
SW3
SW1
SW7
SW2
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 348/379
C-2
C.1.3 DIP Switch (SW3) on MRC2 Board
See "Table 1-2 Other version up list" in "1.5.3 Other Version Up."
C.1.4 DIP Switch (SW1) on MRC2 Board
For setting DIP switch SW1, the CPU clock mounted on the MRC2 board has been set.
The setting of this switch is fixed, therefore do not change it.
ON
Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1
OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 349/379
D-1
Appendix D Menu Structure
Appendix D Menu Structure
This appendix describes the menu structure of the device. It also includes specific menus for
maintenance people that they can select on the control panel.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 350/379
D-2
Menu Structure
This section describes how to read the menu structure using "SYSTEM - # PARA" menu on
page D-14 as an example.
Hint: For the information on how to select individual menus, as well as user-
accessible menu functions, refer to the User's Guide.
Note: The DSCAN format listed in the menu structure are for only customers in
Japan.
Menu hierarchy
Shipping default
: The parameter indicated
beneath the menu shows a
shipping default.
Menu specialized for maintenance people
: The item connected with broken lines (---)
shows the menu from which only the
maintenance people can enter the
maintenance person mode to conduct
various operations.
# Para # OPERATION MODE> NORMAL
# ACK ON TIME (30 ns)> 80
# ACK PULSE (30 ns)
> 80
# BUSY OFF TIMING> ACK RISING EDGE
# SELECT SIGNAL> ON
# AF SIGNAL REPORT> INPUT
# TIME OUT> 30 sec
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 351/379
D-3
Appendix D Menu Structure
*DATA FIRST
*PANEL FIRST
*A
*9"
*8.5"*30 42
*MAP
*DIN
*CHINA
*CONT MODE
*OPTIMAL MODE
*ROLL 1 MODE
*ROLL 2 MODE (3)
*ROLL 3 MODE (3)
*MANUAL FEED
*FIXED SIZE (4)*EXTENSION A
*REAL SCALE
*1 to 99
#CENTERING
>OFF
#PAPER TYPE
>NON-DESIGNATED
#SIZE MARGIN (mm)
>2
SETUP MENU
SETUP
#PORTn_HPGL
SETUP
#PORTn_DSCAN
SETUP
#PORTn_TIFF
SETUP
#PORTn_CALS
SETUP
#PARA_HPGL
SETUP
#PARA_DSCAN
SETUP
#PARA_TIFF
SETUP
#PARA_CALS
SETUP
#USB_HPGL
Note (1) DSCAN only
Note (2) HP-GL, TIFF, CALS onlyNote (3) Double or triple rolls model only
Note (4) A is displayed in the case of DSCAN.
M E N U
# S E T U P
#PARAMETER MODE (1)
>DATA FIRST
PAPER SERIES (2)
>A
#AUTO SUPPLY
>CONT MODE
#FIXSIZE MODE
>FIXD SIZE
#COPY COUNT
>1
#SUPPLY PARAM.
*OFF
*ON
*NON-DESIGNATED
*NORMAL PAPER
*TRACING PAPER*FILM
*0 to 30 A
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 352/379
D-4
#OFFSET MODE
>MARGIN
#MARGIN (mm)
>0
#X-OFFSET (mm)
>0
#Y-OFFSET (mm)>0
#WRITE MODE
>OR WRITING
#MIRROR
>OFF
#REVERSE (5)
>OFF
#ERROR MEMO
>ON
#SCALE MODE
>MANUAL SCALE
#SCALE X (%)
>100.00
#SCALE Y (%)
>100.00
#PEN WIDTH SCALE>ON
#DRAWING PARAM.
#SCALING PARAM.
*MARGIN
*VARIABLE SIZE
*FIXED SIZE
*0 to 100
*-9999.99
to 9999.99
*-9999.99
to 9999.99
*OR WRITING
*OVER WRITING
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*ON
*SPECIAL (6)
*OFF
*MANUAL SCALE
*REDUCE
*0.01 to 100.00
*0.01 to 100.00
*ON
*OFF
A
B B'
Note (5) TIFF, CALS only
Note (6) HP-GL only.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 353/379
D-5
Appendix D Menu Structure
#FIX SCALE A
#FIX SCALE 9" (7)
#A4
>A4 *A4
*A3
*A2
*A1
*A0
#A3
>A3 *A3
*A2
*A1
*A0
*A4
#A2
>A2 *A2
*A1
*A0
*A4
*A3
#A1
>A1 *A1
*A0
*A4
*A3
*A2
#A0>A0 *A0
*A4
*A3
*A2
*A1
#A
>A *A
*B
*C
*D
*E
#B
>B *B
*C
*D
*E
*A
B
C C'
B'
C"
Note (7) HP-GL, TIFF, CALS only.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 354/379
D-6
#FIX SCALE 8.5" (7)
#C
>C *C
*D
*E
*A
*B
#D
>D *D
*E
*A
*B
*C
#E
>E *E
*A
*B
*C
*D
#A
>A *A
*B
*C
*D
*E
#B>B *B
*C
*D
*E
*A
#C
>C *C
*D
*E
*A
*B
#D>D *D
*E
*A
*B
*C
C
D
C'
D"
C"
Note (7) HP-GL, TIFF, CALS only.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 355/379
D-7
Appendix D Menu Structure
#PRT DRIVER (9)
>ENABLE
#GRAPHIC LANG. (9)
>AUTO
#TERMINATOR (9)
#PLAN SIZE (9)
>ON (PS)
#PLOT POINT (10)
>ON( PS)
#FORMAT PARM. (8)
#E
>E *E
*A
*B
*C
*D
*ENABLE
*DISABLE
*CHINA
*AUTO
*HP-GL*HP-GL/2
#PG1;
>ON *ON
*OFF
#NR;
>ON *ON
*OFF
#SP0;
>ON *ON
*OFF
#ESC.)>ON *ON
*OFF
#AF;
>ON *ON
*OFF
#AH;
>ON *ON
*OFF
#FR;
>ON *ON
*OFF
*ON(PS)
*ON(IP)
*ON(IW)
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
D
E E'
D"
Note (8) HP-GL, DSCAN only
Note (9) HP-GL only.
Note (10
) When the custom (PLOTPOINT) of the system
custom is ON
HP-GL only.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 356/379
D-8
#DRAWING (11)
>NOP
#PAPER NO. (11)
>PAPER SOURCE
#PEN PAR.MODE
>DATA PRIORITY
#PEN0
to
N (13)
#PEN ADJUST (mm)
>-0.00
#LINE DISPOSAL
>OFF
#IMAGE SCALE
>LINE DRAW.MODE
#SCREENING (14)
>LINE DRAW.MODE
#PEN PARAMETER (12)
#RASTER PARAM
*NOP
*EOP
*PAPER SOURCE
*PAPER TYPE
*OFF
*DATE PRIORITY
*PANEL PRIORITY
#WIDTH (mm)
>n *0.00 to 16.00
#DENSITY (%)
>n *0 to 100
#CORNER
>ROUND *ROUND
*BUTT
#JOINT
>ROUND *ROUND
*MITERED
*-0.99 to 0.99
*OFF
*ON
*LINE DRAW.MODE
*PICTURE MODE
*LINE DRAW.MODE
*GRAPHICS MODE
*PICTURE MODE
E E'
Note (11) DSCAN only
Note (12) HP-GL,DSCAN only
Note (13) HP-GL is 0 to 15 DSCAN is
1 to 32
Note (14) HP-GL,DSCAN,TIFF only.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 357/379
D-9
Appendix D Menu Structure
DEVICE MENU
#POWER SAVE EFCT
>HIGH
#POWER SAVE
>15min
#EDGE CUT TIMER
>OFF
#DOOR OPEN CUT
>OFF
#DENSITY
>NORMAL
#TRACE MODE
>NORMAL
#BOTTLE MAINT.
>AUTO
#SPECIAL SET2
>00
#SPECIAL SET3
>OFF
M E N U
# D E V I C E .
*HIGH
*LOW
*OFF
*15min
*30min
*60min
*90min
*OFF
*30min
*1hour
*2hour
*4hour
*1min
*5min
*10min
*OFF
*ON
*THIN
*RATHER THIN
*NORMAL
*RATHER THICK
*THICK
*NORMAL
*WETTY
*AUTO
*MANUAL
*00 to FF
*OFF
*ON
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 358/379
D-10
PAPER
>ROLLn
M E N U
# P A P E R .
#PAPER KIND
>NORMAL
#PAPER SERIES
>A
*NORMAL
*TRACE
*FILM
*A
*9"
*8.5"
*30x42
*MAP
*DIN
*CHINA
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 359/379
D-11
Appendix D Menu Structure
FUNCTION MENU
#MENU PRINT
>SYSTEM
#HPGL SELF PLOT
>PORT1
#DSAN SELF PLOT
>PORT1
#ERROR LOG
>PAGE COUNT 1
#JOB LOG
>PAGE COUNT 1
#ENGINE LOG
>
OK?
#SYSTEM DATE
>aa:bb:cc
#SYSTEM TIME
>aa:bb:cc
# FORMAT HDD
>
OK?
# FORMAT NVRAM
>
OK?
#VERSION UP
>lp1010.img Note (1)
#INIT CHARG.INF
>
OK?
#PRINT CHARG.INF
> OK?
#MAINTE INFO
>FAX PRINT
#DATE DUMP
>
OK?
M E N U
# F U N C T I O N .
*SYSTEM
*PORTn
*PARA
*USB
*ALL
*PORTn
*PARA
*USB
*PORTn
*PARA
*PAGE COUNT 1
*PAGE COUNT 5
*PAGE COUNT 1
*PAGE COUNT 5
Note(1): Applicable choices vary depending on the
contents of the CF card specialized for
maintenance person's.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 360/379
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 361/379
D-13
Appendix D Menu Structure
RESET MENU
#SYSTEM RESET
>
#PORT RESET
>PORT1
M E N U
# R E S E T .
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 362/379
D-14
SYSTEM MENU
#TIMING MODE
>NORMAL
#ACK ONTIME (30ns)
>80
#ACK PULSE (30ns)
>80
#BUSY OFF TIMING
> ACK RISING EDGE
#SELECTSIGNAL
>ON
#AF SIGNAL DIRECTION>INPUT
#TIME OUT (100msec)
>300
#TIME OUT (sec)
>10
#CHANGE INTERFACE
>OFF
*ON*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
SYSTEM
#COMM.PARAM
#WEB LOCK
>OFF
SYSTEM
#ENABLE SERIES
M E N U# S Y S T EM .
COMM.PARAM
#ETHERNET
COMM.PARAM
#PARALLEL
COMM.PARAM
#USB
*OFF
*ON
#A
>ON
#9"
>OFF
#8.5"
>OFF
#3042
>OFF
#MAP
>OFF
#DIN
>OFF
#CHINA
>ON
H
*NORMAL
*FAST
*SLOW
*MANUAL
1 to 127
1 to 127
* ACK RISING EDGE
* ACK RISING EDGE
*ON
*OFF/ON
*INPUT
*OUTPUT
*1 to 18000
*0 to 99
*OFF
*ON
F
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 363/379
D-15
Appendix D Menu Structure
#USE A0
>ON
#USE A1
>ON
#USE A2
>OFF
#USE A3
>ON
#USE 36"
>ON
#USE 24"
>OFF
#USE 18"
>OFF
#USE 12"
>OFF
#USE 34"
>ON
#USE 22"
>OFF
#USE 17"
>OFF
#USE 11"
>OFF
#USE 30"
>ON
SYSTEM
#APPLY ROLL APPLY ROLL
#A SERIES
APPLY ROLL
#9" SERIES
APPLY ROLL
#8.5" SERIES
APPLY ROLL
#3042 SERIES
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
G
F
G'
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 364/379
D-16
#USE B1-MAP
>ON
#USE B2-MAP
>OFF
#USE B1-DIN
>ON
#USE B2-DIN
>OFF
#USE CHINA A0
>ON
#USE CHINA A1
>OFF
#USE CHINA A2
>OFF
#USE CHINA A3
>OFF
*914mm
*910mm
*900mm
*880mm
*620mm
*610mm
*450mm*440mm
*310mm
*OFF
*ON
SYSTEM
#CHINA SIZE
#INITIAL SET
>STANDARD
#FACTORY SET
> OK
#LANGUAGE
>JAPANESE
#SERIAL NUMBER
>00000 to 65535
#SYSTEM CUSTOM
>
APPLY ROLL
#MAP SERIES
APPLY ROLL
#DIN SERIES
APPLY ROLL
#CHINA SERIES
#CHINA A0
>914mm
#CHINA A1
>620mm
#CHINA A2
>450mm
#CHINA A3
>310mm
*STANDARD
*CHINA
*JAPANESE
*ENGLISH
CUSTOM (PLOT POINT)
>OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
*ON
*OFF
G G'
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 365/379
D-17
Appendix D Menu Structure
H #PORT SELECT 1-10>XLF------------
#DHCP
>DISABLE
#IP ADDRESS
>000.000.000.000
#SUBNET MASK
>000.000.000.000
#ROUTING TABLE
#SETUP DETAILS
*X
*L
*F
*-
*DISABLE
*ENABLE
*000.000.000.000
to *255.255.255.255
*000.000.000.000
to *255.255.255.255
#GATEWAY ADDR01
>000.000.000.000
#NETWORK ADDR01
>000.000.000.000
#ROUTING TABLE2
#METRIC
>064
#ETHERNET ADDR
>0800832Annnn
#CONNECTION SPD.
>AUTO
*000.000.000.000
to 255.255.255.255
*000.000.000.000
to *255.255.255.255
#GATEWAY ADDR02
>000.000.000.000
#NETWORK ADDR02>000.000.000.000
to
#GATEWAY ADDR10
>000.000.000.000
#NETWORK ADDR10
>000.000.000.000
*1 to 255
*AUTO
*100
*10
*000.000.000.000
to 255.255.255.255
*000.000.000.000
to *255.255.255.255
*000.000.000.000
to 255.255.255.255
*000.000.000.000
to *255.255.255.255
I
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 366/379
D-18
#CONNECTION TYPE
>AUTO
#HTTP PORT
>00080
#PORT TIME OUT
>30min
#FTP DATE TYPE
>ASCII/BIN
#SNMP
>OFF
#SNMP VERSION
>V1
#TRAPnn
#SNMP TRAP NUM.
>2
*AUTO
*FULL
*HALF
*0 to 65535
*OFF
*5min
*10min
*15min
*30min
*ASCII/BIN
*BIN
*OFF
*ON
*V1
*V2
#MANEGER
>000.000.000.000
#ERROR
>ON
#JOB
>OFF
#IP ADDR
>000.000.000.000
#PORT
>ALL
*1 to 20
I
*000.000.000.000 *255.255.255.255
*ON
*OFF
*OFF
*ON (IP ADDR)
*ON (PORT)
*000.000.000.000
*255.255.255.255
*ALL
*PORT01 to 10
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 367/379
E-1
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
This appendix shows electrical connection diagrams of the device.
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 368/379
E-2
S W 0 1 :
M a i n p o w e r s w i t c h
L V P S ( P S U - L S P )
: L o w v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t - [ 1 / 4 ]
L 1 : I n d u c t o r ( A C 1 0 0 V )
I n d u c t o r ( A C 2 2 0 / 2 3 0 V )
F u s e r u n i t
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
H T R 1 - A S S Y
( c e n t e r )
H T R 2 - A S S Y
( s i d e )
F L 0 1 : H a l o g e n l a m p ( 6 0 0 W )
F L 0 2 : H a l o g e n l a m p ( 6 0 0 W )
L V P S ( P S U - L S P ( S )
: L o w v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t ( f o r H D D )
3 . 5 ' H D D
: O p t i o n u n i t - [ 1 / 2 ]
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s
f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
M a l e
F e m a l e C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
D i s c o n n e c t e d
C r i m p e d t e r m i n a l
F l a t t e r m i n a l
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
L V P S ( P S U - L S P ) : L o w
v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t 1
P a g e
1 / 1 3
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 369/379
E-3
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
L V P S ( P S U - L S P )
: L o w v o l t a g e
p o w e r u n i t - [ 2 / 4 ]
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
L E D H
: L E D h e a d - [ 1 / 2 ]
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
F l a t t e r m i n a l
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
B u t t
D i s c o n n e c t e d
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
L V P S ( P S U - L S P ) : L o w
v o l t a
g e p o w e r u n i t 2
P a g e
2 / 1 3
B L 0 5 - 1 : S i r o c c o f a n
B L 0 5 - 2 : S i r o c c o f a n
B L 0 5 - 3 : A x i s f l o w f a n
B L 0 5 - 4 : A x i s f l o w f a n
I N T 5 : M S 0 6 - 2
I N T 3 : I n t e r l o c k S W
I N T 1 : I n t e r l o c k S W
C o o l i n g c o n t r o l l e r 1 ( b o a r d c o v e r )
C o o l i n g c o n t r o l l e r 2
H D D c o o l i n g
H V - P S c o o l i n g
F i x a t i o n d o o r o p e n / c l o s e
- [ 1 / 2 ]
C u t t e r c o v e r o p e n / c l o s e - [ 1 / 2 ]
T o p c o v e r o p e n / c l o s e - [ 1
/ 2 ]
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 370/379
E-4
L V P S ( P S U - L S P )
: L o w v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t - [ 3 / 4 ]
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
P a p e
r f e e d u n i t
F u s e r u n i t
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u
s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
D i s c o n n e c t e d
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n d i a g r a m
L V P S ( P S U - L S P ) : L o w
v o l t
a g e p o w e r u n i t 3
P a g e
3 / 1 3
H V - P S
: H i g h v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t - [ 1 / 2 ]
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 1 / 8 ]
P C B - A S S Y - M R C 2
: R I P b o a r d - [ 1 / 3 ]
P M 0 1
: D C s e r v o m o t o r - [ 1 / 2 ]
P C V - A S S Y - R F U
: P a p e r f e e d u n i t - [ 1 / 4 ]
O v e r p r o t e c t
C o n n e c t o r c o l o r : Y e l l o w
F U S 0 1 : T e m p . f u s e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 371/379
E-5
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
F u s e r u n i t
G u i d e ( i n s e r t i o n / l o w e r ) u n i t
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e
t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
D r a w e r c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o
n t r o l l e r b o a r d 1
P a g e
4 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 2 / 8 ]
B s i d e c o n n e c t o r : Y e l l o w
M a n u a l f e e d d e t e c t i o n 1
P a p e r e j e c t i o n ( f i x a t i o
n )
P S 1 5 : R e f l e c t i o n t y p e p h o t o
( 3 : V C C . 1 : G N D P S 1 5 )
I N T 4 - 5 V : D r a w e r c o n n e c t o r
P a p e r t r a n s f e r ( s u c t i o n p a r t )
P a p e r t o p e d g e p a s s ( r e g i s t r a t i o n )
P S 0 6 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 2
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
P S 0 5 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 2
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
P S 0 7 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 2
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
F i x a t i o n t e m p . ( c e n t e r )
T H 0 1 : T h e r m i s t o r
F i x a t i o n t e m p . ( w i d t h )
T H 0 4 : T h e r m i s t o r
O v e r h e a t p r o t e c t
T H 0 2 : T h e r m i s t o r
S u c t i o n d u c t
B L 0 1 : S i r o c c o f a n
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 372/379
E-6
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c
o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 2
P a g e
5 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r
b o a r d - [ 3 / 8 ]
P N L
: P L C o n t r o l p a n e l
P C B - A S S Y - P S C S
: P r o c e s s c a r t r i d g e b o a r d
B s i d e c o n n e c t o r : Y e l l o w
P r o c e s s
c a r t r i d g e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 373/379
E-7
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e
s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u
s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
F l a t t e r m i n a l
B u t t
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
D i s c o n n e c t e d
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c
o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 3
P a g e
6 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 4 / 8 ]
T S 0 2 : M a g n e t i c s e n s o r
W a s t e t o n e r
M S 0 5 : M i c r o S W
W a s t e t o n e r b o
t t l e
M S 0 7 : M i c r o S W
M a n u a l t r a y o p e n / c l o s e
I N T 5 : M S 0 6 - 1
F i x a t i o n d o o r o p e n / c l o s e - [ 2 / 2 ]
I N T 3 : I n t e r l o c k S W
C u t t e r c o v e r o p
e n / c l o s e - [ 2 / 2 ]
I N T 1 : I n t e r l o c k S W
T o p c o v e r o p e n
/ c l o s e - [ 2 / 2 ]
B M 0 1 : D C m o t o r
W a s t e t o n e r b o
t t l e v i b r a t i o n
E L 0 1 : L E D A l l e y
D i s c h a r g e L E D
O N / O F F
B L 0 3 R : A x i s f l o w f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r r i g h t
B L 0 3 C : A x i s f l o w f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r c e n t e r
B L 0 3 L : A x i s f l o w f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r l e f t
B L 0 2 : S i r o c c o f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r ( c e n t e r )
B L 0 6 - 1 : S i r o c c o f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r ( l e f t )
B L 0 6 - 2 : S i r o c c o f a n
D i s c h a r g e r u p p
e r ( l e f t )
B s i d e c o n n e c t o r : Y e l l o w
M a l e
F e m a l e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 374/379
E-8
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
D e v e
l o p e r u n i t
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s
f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c
o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 4
P a g e
7 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y
- M E C
: E n g i n e c o
n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 5 / 8 ]
H M 0 1 : P u l s e m o t o r
( 1 : / B , 2 : B , 3 : / A , 4 : A )
H e a t r o l l e r r o t a t i o n
M S 0 4 : M i c r o S W
T o n e r c a r t r i d g e
T S 0 1 : R e f l e c t i o n s e n s o r
D e v e l o p m
e n t p r e s e n c e
o r n o t
G M 0 1 : P u l s e m o t o r
( 1 : / B , 2 : B , 3 : / A , 4 : A )
D e v e l o p e r t o n e r s t i r r e r
C L 0 4 : M a g n e t i c c l u t c h
R e g i s t e r r
o l l e r O N / O F F
C L 0 6 : M a g n e t i c c l u t c h
M a n u a l f e
e d O N / O F F
T H 0 3 : T h e r m i s t o r
L E D h e a d
t e m p e r a t u r e
M S 0 8 : M i c r o S W
T o p c o v e r
o p e n / c l o s e ( L )
B s i d e c o n n e c t o r : Y e l l o w
M a l e
F e m a l e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 375/379
E-9
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
P a p e r f e e d u n i t
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e
d c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
C r i m p e d t e r m i n a l
F l a t t e r m i n a l
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c
o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 5
P a g e
8 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 6 / 8 ]
P M 0 1
: D C s e r v o m o t o r - [ 2 / 2 ]
P C B - A S S Y - R F U
: P a p e r f e e d b o a r d - [ 2 / 4 ]
L V P S ( P S U - L S P )
: L o w v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t - [ 4 / 4 ]
H V - P S
: H i g h v o l t a g e p o w e r u n i t - [ 2 / 2 ]
B s i d e c o n n e c t o r : Y e l l o w
H i g h v o l t a g e
w i r e : U s e t h e U L 3 2 3 9 A W G # 2 2 .
P r o c e s s c a r t r i d g e
D i s c h a r g e
D e v e l o p m e n t
T r a n s f e r
S e p a r a t o r
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 376/379
E-10
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 6
P a g e
9 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 7 / 8 ]
P C B - A S S Y - M R C 2
: R I P b o a r d - [ 2 / 3 ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 377/379
E-11
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d 7
P a g e
1 0 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M E C
: E n g i n e c o n t r o l l e r b o a r d - [ 8 / 8 ]
L E D H
: L E D h e a d - [ 2 / 2 ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 378/379
E-12
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ S y m b o l ]
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - M R C 2 : R I P b o a r d
P a g e
1 1 / 1 3
P C B - A S S Y - M R C 2
: R I P b o a r d - [ 3 / 3 ]
3 . 5 ' H D D
: O p t i o n a l u n i t - [ 2 / 2 ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
P C B - A S S Y - U S B 2
: O p t i o n a l b o a r d
8/10/2019 Teriostar Maintenance Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/teriostar-maintenance-manual 379/379
Appendix E Electrical Connection Diagram
P C B - A S S Y - R F U
: P a p e r u n i t b o a r d - [ 3 / 4 ]
B o x ( e l e c t r i c )
[ N o t e ]
F o r t h e h a r n e s s e s
f o r w h i c h t h e U L N o .
i s n o t s p e c i f i e d , u s
e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
U L 1 0 0 7 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
U L 1 0 6 1 ( c r i m p e d
c o n n e c t o r )
[ S y m b o l ]
M a l e
F e m a l e
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y
C r i m p e d c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t i o
n d i a g r a m
P C B - A S S Y - R F U : P a p e
r u n i t b o a r d 1
P a g e
1 2 / 1 3
S l i t t e r c u t t e r r i g h t h o m e
S l i t t e r c u t t e r l e f t h o m e
C u t t e r m o t o r
P a p e r w i d t h ( A 3 ) d e t e c t i o n
P a p e r w i d t h ( A 2 ) d e t e c t i o n
P a p e r w i d t h ( A 1 ) d e t e c t i o n
P a p e r w i d t h ( A 0 ) d e t e c t i o n
R E 0 1 : M i c r o s w i t c h
R E 0 2 : M i c r o s w i t c h
C U T M : D C m o t o r
P S 0 4 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 1
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
P S 3 2 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 1
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
P S 3 1 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 1
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )
P S 3 0 : L e v e r t y p e p h o t o 1
( 1 : V C C . 3 : G N D )